TrueCloudLab/rclone
16
0
Fork 2
Code Issues Pull requests 1 Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity Actions
rclone/MANUAL.md
Nick Craig-Wood f96ce5674b Version v1.44
2018-10-15 11:03:08 +01:00

16337 lines
511 KiB
Markdown
Raw Blame History

% rclone(1) User Manual
% Nick Craig-Wood
% Oct 15, 2018
Rclone
======
[![Logo](https://rclone.org/img/rclone-120x120.png)](https://rclone.org/)
Rclone is a command line program to sync files and directories to and from:
* Amazon Drive ([See note](/amazonclouddrive/#status))
* Amazon S3
* Backblaze B2
* Box
* Ceph
* DigitalOcean Spaces
* Dreamhost
* Dropbox
* FTP
* Google Cloud Storage
* Google Drive
* HTTP
* Hubic
* Jottacloud
* IBM COS S3
* Memset Memstore
* Mega
* Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
* Microsoft OneDrive
* Minio
* Nextcloud
* OVH
* OpenDrive
* Openstack Swift
* Oracle Cloud Storage
* ownCloud
* pCloud
* put.io
* QingStor
* Rackspace Cloud Files
* SFTP
* Wasabi
* WebDAV
* Yandex Disk
* The local filesystem
Features
* MD5/SHA1 hashes checked at all times for file integrity
* Timestamps preserved on files
* Partial syncs supported on a whole file basis
* [Copy](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) mode to just copy new/changed files
* [Sync](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) (one way) mode to make a directory identical
* [Check](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/) mode to check for file hash equality
* Can sync to and from network, eg two different cloud accounts
* ([Encryption](https://rclone.org/crypt/)) backend
* ([Cache](https://rclone.org/cache/)) backend
* ([Union](https://rclone.org/union/)) backend
* Optional FUSE mount ([rclone mount](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/))
Links
* [Home page](https://rclone.org/)
* [GitHub project page for source and bug tracker](https://github.com/ncw/rclone)
* [Rclone Forum](https://forum.rclone.org)
* <a href="https://google.com/+RcloneOrg" rel="publisher">Google+ page</a>
* [Downloads](https://rclone.org/downloads/)
# Install #
Rclone is a Go program and comes as a single binary file.
## Quickstart ##
* [Download](https://rclone.org/downloads/) the relevant binary.
* Extract the `rclone` or `rclone.exe` binary from the archive
* Run `rclone config` to setup. See [rclone config docs](https://rclone.org/docs/) for more details.
See below for some expanded Linux / macOS instructions.
See the [Usage section](https://rclone.org/docs/) of the docs for how to use rclone, or
run `rclone -h`.
## Script installation ##
To install rclone on Linux/macOS/BSD systems, run:
curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash
For beta installation, run:
curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash -s beta
Note that this script checks the version of rclone installed first and
won't re-download if not needed.
## Linux installation from precompiled binary ##
Fetch and unpack
curl -O https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-linux-amd64.zip
unzip rclone-current-linux-amd64.zip
cd rclone-*-linux-amd64
Copy binary file
sudo cp rclone /usr/bin/
sudo chown root:root /usr/bin/rclone
sudo chmod 755 /usr/bin/rclone
Install manpage
sudo mkdir -p /usr/local/share/man/man1
sudo cp rclone.1 /usr/local/share/man/man1/
sudo mandb
Run `rclone config` to setup. See [rclone config docs](https://rclone.org/docs/) for more details.
rclone config
## macOS installation from precompiled binary ##
Download the latest version of rclone.
cd && curl -O https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip
Unzip the download and cd to the extracted folder.
unzip -a rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip && cd rclone-*-osx-amd64
Move rclone to your $PATH. You will be prompted for your password.
sudo mkdir -p /usr/local/bin
sudo mv rclone /usr/local/bin/
(the `mkdir` command is safe to run, even if the directory already exists).
Remove the leftover files.
cd .. && rm -rf rclone-*-osx-amd64 rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip
Run `rclone config` to setup. See [rclone config docs](https://rclone.org/docs/) for more details.
rclone config
## Install from source ##
Make sure you have at least [Go](https://golang.org/) 1.7
installed. [Download go](https://golang.org/dl/) if necessary. The
latest release is recommended. Then
git clone https://github.com/ncw/rclone.git
cd rclone
go build
./rclone version
You can also build and install rclone in the
[GOPATH](https://github.com/golang/go/wiki/GOPATH) (which defaults to
`~/go`) with:
go get -u -v github.com/ncw/rclone
and this will build the binary in `$GOPATH/bin` (`~/go/bin/rclone` by
default) after downloading the source to
`$GOPATH/src/github.com/ncw/rclone` (`~/go/src/github.com/ncw/rclone`
by default).
## Installation with Ansible ##
This can be done with [Stefan Weichinger's ansible
role](https://github.com/stefangweichinger/ansible-rclone).
Instructions
1. `git clone https://github.com/stefangweichinger/ansible-rclone.git` into your local roles-directory
2. add the role to the hosts you want rclone installed to:
```
- hosts: rclone-hosts
roles:
- rclone
```
Configure
---------
First, you'll need to configure rclone. As the object storage systems
have quite complicated authentication these are kept in a config file.
(See the `--config` entry for how to find the config file and choose
its location.)
The easiest way to make the config is to run rclone with the config
option:
rclone config
See the following for detailed instructions for
* [Alias](https://rclone.org/alias/)
* [Amazon Drive](https://rclone.org/amazonclouddrive/)
* [Amazon S3](https://rclone.org/s3/)
* [Backblaze B2](https://rclone.org/b2/)
* [Box](https://rclone.org/box/)
* [Cache](https://rclone.org/cache/)
* [Crypt](https://rclone.org/crypt/) - to encrypt other remotes
* [DigitalOcean Spaces](/s3/#digitalocean-spaces)
* [Dropbox](https://rclone.org/dropbox/)
* [FTP](https://rclone.org/ftp/)
* [Google Cloud Storage](https://rclone.org/googlecloudstorage/)
* [Google Drive](https://rclone.org/drive/)
* [HTTP](https://rclone.org/http/)
* [Hubic](https://rclone.org/hubic/)
* [Jottacloud](https://rclone.org/jottacloud/)
* [Mega](https://rclone.org/mega/)
* [Microsoft Azure Blob Storage](https://rclone.org/azureblob/)
* [Microsoft OneDrive](https://rclone.org/onedrive/)
* [Openstack Swift / Rackspace Cloudfiles / Memset Memstore](https://rclone.org/swift/)
* [OpenDrive](https://rclone.org/opendrive/)
* [Pcloud](https://rclone.org/pcloud/)
* [QingStor](https://rclone.org/qingstor/)
* [SFTP](https://rclone.org/sftp/)
* [Union](https://rclone.org/union/)
* [WebDAV](https://rclone.org/webdav/)
* [Yandex Disk](https://rclone.org/yandex/)
* [The local filesystem](https://rclone.org/local/)
Usage
-----
Rclone syncs a directory tree from one storage system to another.
Its syntax is like this
Syntax: [options] subcommand <parameters> <parameters...>
Source and destination paths are specified by the name you gave the
storage system in the config file then the sub path, eg
"drive:myfolder" to look at "myfolder" in Google drive.
You can define as many storage paths as you like in the config file.
Subcommands
-----------
rclone uses a system of subcommands. For example
rclone ls remote:path # lists a re
rclone copy /local/path remote:path # copies /local/path to the remote
rclone sync /local/path remote:path # syncs /local/path to the remote
## rclone config
Enter an interactive configuration session.
### Synopsis
Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new
remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a
password to protect your configuration.
```
rclone config [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for config
```
## rclone copy
Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
### Synopsis
Copy the source to the destination. Doesn't transfer
unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or
MD5SUM. Doesn't delete files from the destination.
Note that it is always the contents of the directory that is synced,
not the directory so when source:path is a directory, it's the
contents of source:path that are copied, not the directory name and
contents.
If dest:path doesn't exist, it is created and the source:path contents
go there.
For example
rclone copy source:sourcepath dest:destpath
Let's say there are two files in sourcepath
sourcepath/one.txt
sourcepath/two.txt
This copies them to
destpath/one.txt
destpath/two.txt
Not to
destpath/sourcepath/one.txt
destpath/sourcepath/two.txt
If you are familiar with `rsync`, rclone always works as if you had
written a trailing / - meaning "copy the contents of this directory".
This applies to all commands and whether you are talking about the
source or destination.
```
rclone copy source:path dest:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for copy
```
## rclone sync
Make source and dest identical, modifying destination only.
### Synopsis
Sync the source to the destination, changing the destination
only. Doesn't transfer unchanged files, testing by size and
modification time or MD5SUM. Destination is updated to match
source, including deleting files if necessary.
**Important**: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
`--dry-run` flag to see exactly what would be copied and deleted.
Note that files in the destination won't be deleted if there were any
errors at any point.
It is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not the
directory so when source:path is a directory, it's the contents of
source:path that are copied, not the directory name and contents. See
extended explanation in the `copy` command above if unsure.
If dest:path doesn't exist, it is created and the source:path contents
go there.
```
rclone sync source:path dest:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for sync
```
## rclone move
Move files from source to dest.
### Synopsis
Moves the contents of the source directory to the destination
directory. Rclone will error if the source and destination overlap and
the remote does not support a server side directory move operation.
If no filters are in use and if possible this will server side move
`source:path` into `dest:path`. After this `source:path` will no
longer longer exist.
Otherwise for each file in `source:path` selected by the filters (if
any) this will move it into `dest:path`. If possible a server side
move will be used, otherwise it will copy it (server side if possible)
into `dest:path` then delete the original (if no errors on copy) in
`source:path`.
If you want to delete empty source directories after move, use the --delete-empty-src-dirs flag.
**Important**: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
--dry-run flag.
```
rclone move source:path dest:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
--delete-empty-src-dirs Delete empty source dirs after move
-h, --help help for move
```
## rclone delete
Remove the contents of path.
### Synopsis
Remove the contents of path. Unlike `purge` it obeys include/exclude
filters so can be used to selectively delete files.
Eg delete all files bigger than 100MBytes
Check what would be deleted first (use either)
rclone --min-size 100M lsl remote:path
rclone --dry-run --min-size 100M delete remote:path
Then delete
rclone --min-size 100M delete remote:path
That reads "delete everything with a minimum size of 100 MB", hence
delete all files bigger than 100MBytes.
```
rclone delete remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for delete
```
## rclone purge
Remove the path and all of its contents.
### Synopsis
Remove the path and all of its contents. Note that this does not obey
include/exclude filters - everything will be removed. Use `delete` if
you want to selectively delete files.
```
rclone purge remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for purge
```
## rclone mkdir
Make the path if it doesn't already exist.
### Synopsis
Make the path if it doesn't already exist.
```
rclone mkdir remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for mkdir
```
## rclone rmdir
Remove the path if empty.
### Synopsis
Remove the path. Note that you can't remove a path with
objects in it, use purge for that.
```
rclone rmdir remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for rmdir
```
## rclone check
Checks the files in the source and destination match.
### Synopsis
Checks the files in the source and destination match. It compares
sizes and hashes (MD5 or SHA1) and logs a report of files which don't
match. It doesn't alter the source or destination.
If you supply the --size-only flag, it will only compare the sizes not
the hashes as well. Use this for a quick check.
If you supply the --download flag, it will download the data from
both remotes and check them against each other on the fly. This can
be useful for remotes that don't support hashes or if you really want
to check all the data.
If you supply the --one-way flag, it will only check that files in source
match the files in destination, not the other way around. Meaning extra files in
destination that are not in the source will not trigger an error.
```
rclone check source:path dest:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
--download Check by downloading rather than with hash.
-h, --help help for check
--one-way Check one way only, source files must exist on remote
```
## rclone ls
List the objects in the path with size and path.
### Synopsis
Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human
readable format with size and path. Recurses by default.
Eg
$ rclone ls swift:bucket
60295 bevajer5jef
90613 canole
94467 diwogej7
37600 fubuwic
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.
There are several related list commands
* `ls` to list size and path of objects only
* `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
* `lsd` to list directories only
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable.
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable.
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable.
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for
remotes which can't have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc -
the bucket based remotes).
```
rclone ls remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for ls
```
## rclone lsd
List all directories/containers/buckets in the path.
### Synopsis
Lists the directories in the source path to standard output. Does not
recurse by default. Use the -R flag to recurse.
This command lists the total size of the directory (if known, -1 if
not), the modification time (if known, the current time if not), the
number of objects in the directory (if known, -1 if not) and the name
of the directory, Eg
$ rclone lsd swift:
494000 2018-04-26 08:43:20 10000 10000files
65 2018-04-26 08:43:20 1 1File
Or
$ rclone lsd drive:test
-1 2016-10-17 17:41:53 -1 1000files
-1 2017-01-03 14:40:54 -1 2500files
-1 2017-07-08 14:39:28 -1 4000files
If you just want the directory names use "rclone lsf --dirs-only".
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.
There are several related list commands
* `ls` to list size and path of objects only
* `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
* `lsd` to list directories only
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable.
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable.
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable.
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for
remotes which can't have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc -
the bucket based remotes).
```
rclone lsd remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for lsd
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.
```
## rclone lsl
List the objects in path with modification time, size and path.
### Synopsis
Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human
readable format with modification time, size and path. Recurses by default.
Eg
$ rclone lsl swift:bucket
60295 2016-06-25 18:55:41.062626927 bevajer5jef
90613 2016-06-25 18:55:43.302607074 canole
94467 2016-06-25 18:55:43.046609333 diwogej7
37600 2016-06-25 18:55:40.814629136 fubuwic
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.
There are several related list commands
* `ls` to list size and path of objects only
* `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
* `lsd` to list directories only
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable.
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable.
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable.
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for
remotes which can't have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc -
the bucket based remotes).
```
rclone lsl remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for lsl
```
## rclone md5sum
Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.
### Synopsis
Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path. This
is in the same format as the standard md5sum tool produces.
```
rclone md5sum remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for md5sum
```
## rclone sha1sum
Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.
### Synopsis
Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path. This
is in the same format as the standard sha1sum tool produces.
```
rclone sha1sum remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for sha1sum
```
## rclone size
Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
### Synopsis
Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
```
rclone size remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for size
--json format output as JSON
```
## rclone version
Show the version number.
### Synopsis
Show the version number, the go version and the architecture.
Eg
$ rclone version
rclone v1.41
- os/arch: linux/amd64
- go version: go1.10
If you supply the --check flag, then it will do an online check to
compare your version with the latest release and the latest beta.
$ rclone version --check
yours: 1.42.0.6
latest: 1.42 (released 2018-06-16)
beta: 1.42.0.5 (released 2018-06-17)
Or
$ rclone version --check
yours: 1.41
latest: 1.42 (released 2018-06-16)
upgrade: https://downloads.rclone.org/v1.42
beta: 1.42.0.5 (released 2018-06-17)
upgrade: https://beta.rclone.org/v1.42-005-g56e1e820
```
rclone version [flags]
```
### Options
```
--check Check for new version.
-h, --help help for version
```
## rclone cleanup
Clean up the remote if possible
### Synopsis
Clean up the remote if possible. Empty the trash or delete old file
versions. Not supported by all remotes.
```
rclone cleanup remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for cleanup
```
## rclone dedupe
Interactively find duplicate files and delete/rename them.
### Synopsis
By default `dedupe` interactively finds duplicate files and offers to
delete all but one or rename them to be different. Only useful with
Google Drive which can have duplicate file names.
In the first pass it will merge directories with the same name. It
will do this iteratively until all the identical directories have been
merged.
The `dedupe` command will delete all but one of any identical (same
md5sum) files it finds without confirmation. This means that for most
duplicated files the `dedupe` command will not be interactive. You
can use `--dry-run` to see what would happen without doing anything.
Here is an example run.
Before - with duplicates
$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:11.775000000 one.txt
564374 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000 one.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:18:26.092000000 one.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two.txt
1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two.txt
564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two.txt
Now the `dedupe` session
$ rclone dedupe drive:dupes
2016/03/05 16:24:37 Google drive root 'dupes': Looking for duplicates using interactive mode.
one.txt: Found 4 duplicates - deleting identical copies
one.txt: Deleting 2/3 identical duplicates (md5sum "1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36")
one.txt: 2 duplicates remain
1: 6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000, md5sum 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
2: 564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000, md5sum 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
s) Skip and do nothing
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
s/k/r> k
Enter the number of the file to keep> 1
one.txt: Deleted 1 extra copies
two.txt: Found 3 duplicates - deleting identical copies
two.txt: 3 duplicates remain
1: 564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000, md5sum 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
2: 6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000, md5sum 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
3: 1744073 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000, md5sum 851957f7fb6f0bc4ce76be966d336802
s) Skip and do nothing
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
s/k/r> r
two-1.txt: renamed from: two.txt
two-2.txt: renamed from: two.txt
two-3.txt: renamed from: two.txt
The result being
$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two-1.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two-2.txt
1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two-3.txt
Dedupe can be run non interactively using the `--dedupe-mode` flag or by using an extra parameter with the same value
* `--dedupe-mode interactive` - interactive as above.
* `--dedupe-mode skip` - removes identical files then skips anything left.
* `--dedupe-mode first` - removes identical files then keeps the first one.
* `--dedupe-mode newest` - removes identical files then keeps the newest one.
* `--dedupe-mode oldest` - removes identical files then keeps the oldest one.
* `--dedupe-mode largest` - removes identical files then keeps the largest one.
* `--dedupe-mode rename` - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different.
For example to rename all the identically named photos in your Google Photos directory, do
rclone dedupe --dedupe-mode rename "drive:Google Photos"
Or
rclone dedupe rename "drive:Google Photos"
```
rclone dedupe [mode] remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
--dedupe-mode string Dedupe mode interactive|skip|first|newest|oldest|rename. (default "interactive")
-h, --help help for dedupe
```
## rclone about
Get quota information from the remote.
### Synopsis
Get quota information from the remote, like bytes used/free/quota and bytes
used in the trash. Not supported by all remotes.
This will print to stdout something like this:
Total: 17G
Used: 7.444G
Free: 1.315G
Trashed: 100.000M
Other: 8.241G
Where the fields are:
* Total: total size available.
* Used: total size used
* Free: total amount this user could upload.
* Trashed: total amount in the trash
* Other: total amount in other storage (eg Gmail, Google Photos)
* Objects: total number of objects in the storage
Note that not all the backends provide all the fields - they will be
missing if they are not known for that backend. Where it is known
that the value is unlimited the value will also be omitted.
Use the --full flag to see the numbers written out in full, eg
Total: 18253611008
Used: 7993453766
Free: 1411001220
Trashed: 104857602
Other: 8849156022
Use the --json flag for a computer readable output, eg
{
"total": 18253611008,
"used": 7993453766,
"trashed": 104857602,
"other": 8849156022,
"free": 1411001220
}
```
rclone about remote: [flags]
```
### Options
```
--full Full numbers instead of SI units
-h, --help help for about
--json Format output as JSON
```
## rclone authorize
Remote authorization.
### Synopsis
Remote authorization. Used to authorize a remote or headless
rclone from a machine with a browser - use as instructed by
rclone config.
```
rclone authorize [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for authorize
```
## rclone cachestats
Print cache stats for a remote
### Synopsis
Print cache stats for a remote in JSON format
```
rclone cachestats source: [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for cachestats
```
## rclone cat
Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout.
### Synopsis
rclone cat sends any files to standard output.
You can use it like this to output a single file
rclone cat remote:path/to/file
Or like this to output any file in dir or subdirectories.
rclone cat remote:path/to/dir
Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or subdirectories.
rclone --include "*.txt" cat remote:path/to/dir
Use the --head flag to print characters only at the start, --tail for
the end and --offset and --count to print a section in the middle.
Note that if offset is negative it will count from the end, so
--offset -1 --count 1 is equivalent to --tail 1.
```
rclone cat remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
--count int Only print N characters. (default -1)
--discard Discard the output instead of printing.
--head int Only print the first N characters.
-h, --help help for cat
--offset int Start printing at offset N (or from end if -ve).
--tail int Only print the last N characters.
```
## rclone config create
Create a new remote with name, type and options.
### Synopsis
Create a new remote of <name> with <type> and options. The options
should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.
For example to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config
you would do:
rclone config create myremote swift env_auth true
```
rclone config create <name> <type> [<key> <value>]* [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for create
```
## rclone config delete
Delete an existing remote <name>.
### Synopsis
Delete an existing remote <name>.
```
rclone config delete <name> [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for delete
```
## rclone config dump
Dump the config file as JSON.
### Synopsis
Dump the config file as JSON.
```
rclone config dump [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for dump
```
## rclone config edit
Enter an interactive configuration session.
### Synopsis
Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new
remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a
password to protect your configuration.
```
rclone config edit [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for edit
```
## rclone config file
Show path of configuration file in use.
### Synopsis
Show path of configuration file in use.
```
rclone config file [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for file
```
## rclone config password
Update password in an existing remote.
### Synopsis
Update an existing remote's password. The password
should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.
For example to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:
rclone config password myremote fieldname mypassword
```
rclone config password <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for password
```
## rclone config providers
List in JSON format all the providers and options.
### Synopsis
List in JSON format all the providers and options.
```
rclone config providers [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for providers
```
## rclone config show
Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
### Synopsis
Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
```
rclone config show [<remote>] [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for show
```
## rclone config update
Update options in an existing remote.
### Synopsis
Update an existing remote's options. The options should be passed in
in pairs of <key> <value>.
For example to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote you would do:
rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true
```
rclone config update <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for update
```
## rclone copyto
Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
### Synopsis
If source:path is a file or directory then it copies it to a file or
directory named dest:path.
This can be used to upload single files to other than their current
name. If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the copy
command.
So
rclone copyto src dst
where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or
/path/to/local or C:\windows\path\if\on\windows.
This will:
if src is file
copy it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
if src is directory
copy it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
see copy command for full details
This doesn't transfer unchanged files, testing by size and
modification time or MD5SUM. It doesn't delete files from the
destination.
```
rclone copyto source:path dest:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for copyto
```
## rclone copyurl
Copy url content to dest.
### Synopsis
Download urls content and copy it to destination
without saving it in tmp storage.
```
rclone copyurl https://example.com dest:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for copyurl
```
## rclone cryptcheck
Cryptcheck checks the integrity of a crypted remote.
### Synopsis
rclone cryptcheck checks a remote against a crypted remote. This is
the equivalent of running rclone check, but able to check the
checksums of the crypted remote.
For it to work the underlying remote of the cryptedremote must support
some kind of checksum.
It works by reading the nonce from each file on the cryptedremote: and
using that to encrypt each file on the remote:. It then checks the
checksum of the underlying file on the cryptedremote: against the
checksum of the file it has just encrypted.
Use it like this
rclone cryptcheck /path/to/files encryptedremote:path
You can use it like this also, but that will involve downloading all
the files in remote:path.
rclone cryptcheck remote:path encryptedremote:path
After it has run it will log the status of the encryptedremote:.
If you supply the --one-way flag, it will only check that files in source
match the files in destination, not the other way around. Meaning extra files in
destination that are not in the source will not trigger an error.
```
rclone cryptcheck remote:path cryptedremote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for cryptcheck
--one-way Check one way only, source files must exist on destination
```
## rclone cryptdecode
Cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names.
### Synopsis
rclone cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names when provided with
a list of encrypted file names. List limit is 10 items.
If you supply the --reverse flag, it will return encrypted file names.
use it like this
rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename1 encryptedfilename2
rclone cryptdecode --reverse encryptedremote: filename1 filename2
```
rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for cryptdecode
--reverse Reverse cryptdecode, encrypts filenames
```
## rclone dbhashsum
Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path.
### Synopsis
Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path. The
hashes are calculated according to [Dropbox content hash
rules](https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash).
The output is in the same format as md5sum and sha1sum.
```
rclone dbhashsum remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for dbhashsum
```
## rclone deletefile
Remove a single file from remote.
### Synopsis
Remove a single file from remote. Unlike `delete` it cannot be used to
remove a directory and it doesn't obey include/exclude filters - if the specified file exists,
it will always be removed.
```
rclone deletefile remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for deletefile
```
## rclone genautocomplete
Output completion script for a given shell.
### Synopsis
Generates a shell completion script for rclone.
Run with --help to list the supported shells.
### Options
```
-h, --help help for genautocomplete
```
## rclone genautocomplete bash
Output bash completion script for rclone.
### Synopsis
Generates a bash shell autocompletion script for rclone.
This writes to /etc/bash_completion.d/rclone by default so will
probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg
sudo rclone genautocomplete bash
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source
them directly
. /etc/bash_completion
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written
there.
```
rclone genautocomplete bash [output_file] [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for bash
```
## rclone genautocomplete zsh
Output zsh completion script for rclone.
### Synopsis
Generates a zsh autocompletion script for rclone.
This writes to /usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_rclone by default so will
probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg
sudo rclone genautocomplete zsh
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source
them directly
autoload -U compinit && compinit
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written
there.
```
rclone genautocomplete zsh [output_file] [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for zsh
```
## rclone gendocs
Output markdown docs for rclone to the directory supplied.
### Synopsis
This produces markdown docs for the rclone commands to the directory
supplied. These are in a format suitable for hugo to render into the
rclone.org website.
```
rclone gendocs output_directory [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for gendocs
```
## rclone hashsum
Produces an hashsum file for all the objects in the path.
### Synopsis
Produces a hash file for all the objects in the path using the hash
named. The output is in the same format as the standard
md5sum/sha1sum tool.
Run without a hash to see the list of supported hashes, eg
$ rclone hashsum
Supported hashes are:
* MD5
* SHA-1
* DropboxHash
* QuickXorHash
Then
$ rclone hashsum MD5 remote:path
```
rclone hashsum <hash> remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for hashsum
```
## rclone link
Generate public link to file/folder.
### Synopsis
rclone link will create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder.
rclone link remote:path/to/file
rclone link remote:path/to/folder/
If successful, the last line of the output will contain the link. Exact
capabilities depend on the remote, but the link will always be created with
the least constraints – e.g. no expiry, no password protection, accessible
without account.
```
rclone link remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for link
```
## rclone listremotes
List all the remotes in the config file.
### Synopsis
rclone listremotes lists all the available remotes from the config file.
When uses with the -l flag it lists the types too.
```
rclone listremotes [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for listremotes
-l, --long Show the type as well as names.
```
## rclone lsf
List directories and objects in remote:path formatted for parsing
### Synopsis
List the contents of the source path (directories and objects) to
standard output in a form which is easy to parse by scripts. By
default this will just be the names of the objects and directories,
one per line. The directories will have a / suffix.
Eg
$ rclone lsf swift:bucket
bevajer5jef
canole
diwogej7
ferejej3gux/
fubuwic
Use the --format option to control what gets listed. By default this
is just the path, but you can use these parameters to control the
output:
p - path
s - size
t - modification time
h - hash
i - ID of object if known
m - MimeType of object if known
So if you wanted the path, size and modification time, you would use
--format "pst", or maybe --format "tsp" to put the path last.
Eg
$ rclone lsf --format "tsp" swift:bucket
2016-06-25 18:55:41;60295;bevajer5jef
2016-06-25 18:55:43;90613;canole
2016-06-25 18:55:43;94467;diwogej7
2018-04-26 08:50:45;0;ferejej3gux/
2016-06-25 18:55:40;37600;fubuwic
If you specify "h" in the format you will get the MD5 hash by default,
use the "--hash" flag to change which hash you want. Note that this
can be returned as an empty string if it isn't available on the object
(and for directories), "ERROR" if there was an error reading it from
the object and "UNSUPPORTED" if that object does not support that hash
type.
For example to emulate the md5sum command you can use
rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only .
Eg
$ rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only swift:bucket
7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3 bevajer5jef
cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc canole
03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91 diwogej7
8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d fubuwic
99713e14a4c4ff553acaf1930fad985b gixacuh7ku
(Though "rclone md5sum ." is an easier way of typing this.)
By default the separator is ";" this can be changed with the
--separator flag. Note that separators aren't escaped in the path so
putting it last is a good strategy.
Eg
$ rclone lsf --separator "," --format "tshp" swift:bucket
2016-06-25 18:55:41,60295,7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3,bevajer5jef
2016-06-25 18:55:43,90613,cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc,canole
2016-06-25 18:55:43,94467,03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91,diwogej7
2018-04-26 08:52:53,0,,ferejej3gux/
2016-06-25 18:55:40,37600,8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d,fubuwic
You can output in CSV standard format. This will escape things in "
if they contain ,
Eg
$ rclone lsf --csv --files-only --format ps remote:path
test.log,22355
test.sh,449
"this file contains a comma, in the file name.txt",6
Note that the --absolute parameter is useful for making lists of files
to pass to an rclone copy with the --files-from flag.
For example to find all the files modified within one day and copy
those only (without traversing the whole directory structure):
rclone lsf --absolute --files-only --max-age 1d /path/to/local > new_files
rclone copy --files-from new_files /path/to/local remote:path
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.
There are several related list commands
* `ls` to list size and path of objects only
* `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
* `lsd` to list directories only
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable.
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable.
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable.
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for
remotes which can't have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc -
the bucket based remotes).
```
rclone lsf remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
--absolute Put a leading / in front of path names.
--csv Output in CSV format.
-d, --dir-slash Append a slash to directory names. (default true)
--dirs-only Only list directories.
--files-only Only list files.
-F, --format string Output format - see help for details (default "p")
--hash h Use this hash when h is used in the format MD5|SHA-1|DropboxHash (default "MD5")
-h, --help help for lsf
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.
-s, --separator string Separator for the items in the format. (default ";")
```
## rclone lsjson
List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
### Synopsis
List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
The output is an array of Items, where each Item looks like this
{
"Hashes" : {
"SHA-1" : "f572d396fae9206628714fb2ce00f72e94f2258f",
"MD5" : "b1946ac92492d2347c6235b4d2611184",
"DropboxHash" : "ecb65bb98f9d905b70458986c39fcbad7715e5f2fcc3b1f07767d7c83e2438cc"
},
"ID": "y2djkhiujf83u33",
"OrigID": "UYOJVTUW00Q1RzTDA",
"IsDir" : false,
"MimeType" : "application/octet-stream",
"ModTime" : "2017-05-31T16:15:57.034468261+01:00",
"Name" : "file.txt",
"Encrypted" : "v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338",
"Path" : "full/path/goes/here/file.txt",
"Size" : 6
}
If --hash is not specified the Hashes property won't be emitted.
If --no-modtime is specified then ModTime will be blank.
If --encrypted is not specified the Encrypted won't be emitted.
The Path field will only show folders below the remote path being listed.
If "remote:path" contains the file "subfolder/file.txt", the Path for "file.txt"
will be "subfolder/file.txt", not "remote:path/subfolder/file.txt".
When used without --recursive the Path will always be the same as Name.
The time is in RFC3339 format with nanosecond precision.
The whole output can be processed as a JSON blob, or alternatively it
can be processed line by line as each item is written one to a line.
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.
There are several related list commands
* `ls` to list size and path of objects only
* `lsl` to list modification time, size and path of objects only
* `lsd` to list directories only
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable.
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable.
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable.
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for
remotes which can't have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc -
the bucket based remotes).
```
rclone lsjson remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-M, --encrypted Show the encrypted names.
--hash Include hashes in the output (may take longer).
-h, --help help for lsjson
--no-modtime Don't read the modification time (can speed things up).
--original Show the ID of the underlying Object.
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.
```
## rclone mount
Mount the remote as file system on a mountpoint.
### Synopsis
rclone mount allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to
mount any of Rclone's cloud storage systems as a file system with
FUSE.
First set up your remote using `rclone config`. Check it works with `rclone ls` etc.
Start the mount like this
rclone mount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount
Or on Windows like this where X: is an unused drive letter
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
When the program ends, either via Ctrl+C or receiving a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal,
the mount is automatically stopped.
The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy.
When that happens, it is the user's responsibility to stop the mount manually with
# Linux
fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
# OS X
umount /path/to/local/mount
### Installing on Windows
To run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to
download and install [WinFsp](http://www.secfs.net/winfsp/).
WinFsp is an [open source](https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp)
Windows File System Proxy which makes it easy to write user space file
systems for Windows. It provides a FUSE emulation layer which rclone
uses combination with
[cgofuse](https://github.com/billziss-gh/cgofuse). Both of these
packages are by Bill Zissimopoulos who was very helpful during the
implementation of rclone mount for Windows.
#### Windows caveats
Note that drives created as Administrator are not visible by other
accounts (including the account that was elevated as
Administrator). So if you start a Windows drive from an Administrative
Command Prompt and then try to access the same drive from Explorer
(which does not run as Administrator), you will not be able to see the
new drive.
The easiest way around this is to start the drive from a normal
command prompt. It is also possible to start a drive from the SYSTEM
account (using [the WinFsp.Launcher
infrastructure](https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp/wiki/WinFsp-Service-Architecture))
which creates drives accessible for everyone on the system or
alternatively using [the nssm service manager](https://nssm.cc/usage).
### Limitations
Without the use of "--vfs-cache-mode" this can only write files
sequentially, it can only seek when reading. This means that many
applications won't work with their files on an rclone mount without
"--vfs-cache-mode writes" or "--vfs-cache-mode full". See the [File
Caching](#file-caching) section for more info.
The bucket based remotes (eg Swift, S3, Google Compute Storage, B2,
Hubic) won't work from the root - you will need to specify a bucket,
or a path within the bucket. So `swift:` won't work whereas
`swift:bucket` will as will `swift:bucket/path`.
None of these support the concept of directories, so empty
directories will have a tendency to disappear once they fall out of
the directory cache.
Only supported on Linux, FreeBSD, OS X and Windows at the moment.
### rclone mount vs rclone sync/copy
File systems expect things to be 100% reliable, whereas cloud storage
systems are a long way from 100% reliable. The rclone sync/copy
commands cope with this with lots of retries. However rclone mount
can't use retries in the same way without making local copies of the
uploads. Look at the [file caching](#file-caching)
for solutions to make mount mount more reliable.
### Attribute caching
You can use the flag --attr-timeout to set the time the kernel caches
the attributes (size, modification time etc) for directory entries.
The default is "1s" which caches files just long enough to avoid
too many callbacks to rclone from the kernel.
In theory 0s should be the correct value for filesystems which can
change outside the control of the kernel. However this causes quite a
few problems such as
[rclone using too much memory](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2157),
[rclone not serving files to samba](https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-1-39-vs-1-40-mount-issue/5112)
and [excessive time listing directories](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2095#issuecomment-371141147).
The kernel can cache the info about a file for the time given by
"--attr-timeout". You may see corruption if the remote file changes
length during this window. It will show up as either a truncated file
or a file with garbage on the end. With "--attr-timeout 1s" this is
very unlikely but not impossible. The higher you set "--attr-timeout"
the more likely it is. The default setting of "1s" is the lowest
setting which mitigates the problems above.
If you set it higher ('10s' or '1m' say) then the kernel will call
back to rclone less often making it more efficient, however there is
more chance of the corruption issue above.
If files don't change on the remote outside of the control of rclone
then there is no chance of corruption.
This is the same as setting the attr_timeout option in mount.fuse.
### Filters
Note that all the rclone filters can be used to select a subset of the
files to be visible in the mount.
### systemd
When running rclone mount as a systemd service, it is possible
to use Type=notify. In this case the service will enter the started state
after the mountpoint has been successfully set up.
Units having the rclone mount service specified as a requirement
will see all files and folders immediately in this mode.
### chunked reading ###
--vfs-read-chunk-size will enable reading the source objects in parts.
This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting only chunks
from the remote that are actually read at the cost of an increased number of requests.
When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit is also specified and greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size,
the chunk size for each open file will get doubled for each chunk read, until the
specified value is reached. A value of -1 will disable the limit and the chunk size will
grow indefinitely.
With --vfs-read-chunk-size 100M and --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0 the following
parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on.
When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M is specified, the result would be
0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
Chunked reading will only work with --vfs-cache-mode < full, as the file will always
be copied to the vfs cache before opening with --vfs-cache-mode full.
### Directory Cache
Using the `--dir-cache-time` flag, you can set how long a
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or
invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only
be picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for
it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a [remote control](/rc) then you can use
rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
### File Buffering
The `--buffer-size` flag determines the amount of memory,
that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of
data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file
descriptor and won't be shared between multiple open file descriptors
of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor.
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not
not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory
will be used.
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
`--buffer-size * open files`.
### File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is
used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a
normal file system.
You'll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read
and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you
may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
If run with `-vv` rclone will print the location of the file cache. The
files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but
can be controlled with `--cache-dir` or setting the appropriate
environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by `--vfs-cache-mode`.
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the
cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are
closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won't
get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on
disk cache.
#### --vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write
directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
* Files can't be opened for both read AND write
* Files opened for write can't be seeked
* Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
* Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
* Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
* Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
* If an upload fails it can't be retried
#### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND
write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for
write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
* Files opened for write only can't be seeked
* Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
* Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
* If an upload fails it can't be retried
#### --vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from
the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk
first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.
#### --vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When
a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at
the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching,
including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk,
it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It
will be purged on a schedule according to `--vfs-cache-max-age`.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
--low-level-retries times.
```
rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]
```
### Options
```
--allow-non-empty Allow mounting over a non-empty directory.
--allow-other Allow access to other users.
--allow-root Allow access to root user.
--attr-timeout duration Time for which file/directory attributes are cached. (default 1s)
--daemon Run mount as a daemon (background mode).
--daemon-timeout duration Time limit for rclone to respond to kernel (not supported by all OSes).
--debug-fuse Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v.
--default-permissions Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode.
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--fuse-flag stringArray Flags or arguments to be passed direct to libfuse/WinFsp. Repeat if required.
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
-h, --help help for mount
--max-read-ahead int The number of bytes that can be prefetched for sequential reads. (default 128k)
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
-o, --option stringArray Option for libfuse/WinFsp. Repeat if required.
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only.
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-read-chunk-size int Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit int If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
--volname string Set the volume name (not supported by all OSes).
--write-back-cache Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone. Without this, writethrough caching is used.
```
## rclone moveto
Move file or directory from source to dest.
### Synopsis
If source:path is a file or directory then it moves it to a file or
directory named dest:path.
This can be used to rename files or upload single files to other than
their existing name. If the source is a directory then it acts exacty
like the move command.
So
rclone moveto src dst
where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or
/path/to/local or C:\windows\path\if\on\windows.
This will:
if src is file
move it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
if src is directory
move it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
see move command for full details
This doesn't transfer unchanged files, testing by size and
modification time or MD5SUM. src will be deleted on successful
transfer.
**Important**: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
--dry-run flag.
```
rclone moveto source:path dest:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for moveto
```
## rclone ncdu
Explore a remote with a text based user interface.
### Synopsis
This displays a text based user interface allowing the navigation of a
remote. It is most useful for answering the question - "What is using
all my disk space?".
<script src="https://asciinema.org/a/157793.js" id="asciicast-157793" async></script>
To make the user interface it first scans the entire remote given and
builds an in memory representation. rclone ncdu can be used during
this scanning phase and you will see it building up the directory
structure as it goes along.
Here are the keys - press '?' to toggle the help on and off
↑,↓ or k,j to Move
→,l to enter
←,h to return
c toggle counts
g toggle graph
n,s,C sort by name,size,count
^L refresh screen
? to toggle help on and off
q/ESC/c-C to quit
This an homage to the [ncdu tool](https://dev.yorhel.nl/ncdu) but for
rclone remotes. It is missing lots of features at the moment, most
importantly deleting files, but is useful as it stands.
```
rclone ncdu remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for ncdu
```
## rclone obscure
Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
### Synopsis
Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
```
rclone obscure password [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for obscure
```
## rclone rc
Run a command against a running rclone.
### Synopsis
This runs a command against a running rclone. By default it will use
that specified in the --rc-addr command.
Arguments should be passed in as parameter=value.
The result will be returned as a JSON object by default.
Use "rclone rc" to see a list of all possible commands.
```
rclone rc commands parameter [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for rc
--no-output If set don't output the JSON result.
--url string URL to connect to rclone remote control. (default "http://localhost:5572/")
```
## rclone rcat
Copies standard input to file on remote.
### Synopsis
rclone rcat reads from standard input (stdin) and copies it to a
single remote file.
echo "hello world" | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file
ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file
If the remote file already exists, it will be overwritten.
rcat will try to upload small files in a single request, which is
usually more efficient than the streaming/chunked upload endpoints,
which use multiple requests. Exact behaviour depends on the remote.
What is considered a small file may be set through
`--streaming-upload-cutoff`. Uploading only starts after
the cutoff is reached or if the file ends before that. The data
must fit into RAM. The cutoff needs to be small enough to adhere
the limits of your remote, please see there. Generally speaking,
setting this cutoff too high will decrease your performance.
Note that the upload can also not be retried because the data is
not kept around until the upload succeeds. If you need to transfer
a lot of data, you're better off caching locally and then
`rclone move` it to the destination.
```
rclone rcat remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for rcat
```
## rclone rmdirs
Remove empty directories under the path.
### Synopsis
This removes any empty directories (or directories that only contain
empty directories) under the path that it finds, including the path if
it has nothing in.
If you supply the --leave-root flag, it will not remove the root directory.
This is useful for tidying up remotes that rclone has left a lot of
empty directories in.
```
rclone rmdirs remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for rmdirs
--leave-root Do not remove root directory if empty
```
## rclone serve
Serve a remote over a protocol.
### Synopsis
rclone serve is used to serve a remote over a given protocol. This
command requires the use of a subcommand to specify the protocol, eg
rclone serve http remote:
Each subcommand has its own options which you can see in their help.
```
rclone serve <protocol> [opts] <remote> [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for serve
```
## rclone serve ftp
Serve remote:path over FTP.
### Synopsis
rclone serve ftp implements a basic ftp server to serve the
remote over FTP protocol. This can be viewed with a ftp client
or you can make a remote of type ftp to read and write it.
### Server options
Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should
listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all
IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port
:0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address
then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
#### Authentication
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.
### Directory Cache
Using the `--dir-cache-time` flag, you can set how long a
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or
invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only
be picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for
it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a [remote control](/rc) then you can use
rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
### File Buffering
The `--buffer-size` flag determines the amount of memory,
that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of
data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file
descriptor and won't be shared between multiple open file descriptors
of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor.
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not
not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory
will be used.
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
`--buffer-size * open files`.
### File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is
used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a
normal file system.
You'll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read
and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you
may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
If run with `-vv` rclone will print the location of the file cache. The
files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but
can be controlled with `--cache-dir` or setting the appropriate
environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by `--vfs-cache-mode`.
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the
cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are
closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won't
get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on
disk cache.
#### --vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write
directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
* Files can't be opened for both read AND write
* Files opened for write can't be seeked
* Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
* Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
* Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
* Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
* If an upload fails it can't be retried
#### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND
write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for
write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
* Files opened for write only can't be seeked
* Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
* Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
* If an upload fails it can't be retried
#### --vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from
the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk
first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.
#### --vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When
a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at
the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching,
including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk,
it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It
will be purged on a schedule according to `--vfs-cache-max-age`.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
--low-level-retries times.
```
rclone serve ftp remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
--addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:2121")
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
-h, --help help for ftp
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--pass string Password for authentication. (empty value allow every password)
--passive-port string Passive port range to use. (default "30000-32000")
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only.
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication. (default "anonymous")
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-read-chunk-size int Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit int If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
```
## rclone serve http
Serve the remote over HTTP.
### Synopsis
rclone serve http implements a basic web server to serve the remote
over HTTP. This can be viewed in a web browser or you can make a
remote of type http read from it.
You can use the filter flags (eg --include, --exclude) to control what
is served.
The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
--bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use --stats to
control the stats printing.
### Server options
Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should
listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all
IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port
:0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address
then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
--server-read-timeout and --server-write-timeout can be used to
control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time
for a transfer.
--max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will
accept in the HTTP header.
#### Authentication
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or
set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.
Use --htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is
in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic
authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
To create an htpasswd file:
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
Use --realm to set the authentication realm.
#### SSL/TLS
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over
https. You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags. If you
wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to
supply --client-ca also.
--cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded
private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client
certificate authority certificate.
### Directory Cache
Using the `--dir-cache-time` flag, you can set how long a
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or
invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only
be picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for
it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a [remote control](/rc) then you can use
rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
### File Buffering
The `--buffer-size` flag determines the amount of memory,
that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of
data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file
descriptor and won't be shared between multiple open file descriptors
of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor.
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not
not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory
will be used.
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
`--buffer-size * open files`.
### File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is
used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a
normal file system.
You'll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read
and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you
may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
If run with `-vv` rclone will print the location of the file cache. The
files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but
can be controlled with `--cache-dir` or setting the appropriate
environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by `--vfs-cache-mode`.
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the
cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are
closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won't
get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on
disk cache.
#### --vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write
directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
* Files can't be opened for both read AND write
* Files opened for write can't be seeked
* Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
* Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
* Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
* Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
* If an upload fails it can't be retried
#### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND
write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for
write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
* Files opened for write only can't be seeked
* Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
* Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
* If an upload fails it can't be retried
#### --vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from
the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk
first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.
#### --vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When
a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at
the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching,
including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk,
it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It
will be purged on a schedule according to `--vfs-cache-max-age`.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
--low-level-retries times.
```
rclone serve http remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
--addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
-h, --help help for http
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
--key string SSL PEM Private key
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--pass string Password for authentication.
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only.
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-read-chunk-size int Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit int If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
```
## rclone serve restic
Serve the remote for restic's REST API.
### Synopsis
rclone serve restic implements restic's REST backend API
over HTTP. This allows restic to use rclone as a data storage
mechanism for cloud providers that restic does not support directly.
[Restic](https://restic.net/) is a command line program for doing
backups.
The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
--bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use --stats to
control the stats printing.
### Setting up rclone for use by restic ###
First [set up a remote for your chosen cloud provider](/docs/#configure).
Once you have set up the remote, check it is working with, for example
"rclone lsd remote:". You may have called the remote something other
than "remote:" - just substitute whatever you called it in the
following instructions.
Now start the rclone restic server
rclone serve restic -v remote:backup
Where you can replace "backup" in the above by whatever path in the
remote you wish to use.
By default this will serve on "localhost:8080" you can change this
with use of the "--addr" flag.
You might wish to start this server on boot.
### Setting up restic to use rclone ###
Now you can [follow the restic
instructions](http://restic.readthedocs.io/en/latest/030_preparing_a_new_repo.html#rest-server)
on setting up restic.
Note that you will need restic 0.8.2 or later to interoperate with
rclone.
For the example above you will want to use "http://localhost:8080/" as
the URL for the REST server.
For example:
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/
$ export RESTIC_PASSWORD=yourpassword
$ restic init
created restic backend 8b1a4b56ae at rest:http://localhost:8080/
Please note that knowledge of your password is required to access
the repository. Losing your password means that your data is
irrecoverably lost.
$ restic backup /path/to/files/to/backup
scan [/path/to/files/to/backup]
scanned 189 directories, 312 files in 0:00
[0:00] 100.00% 38.128 MiB / 38.128 MiB 501 / 501 items 0 errors ETA 0:00
duration: 0:00
snapshot 45c8fdd8 saved
#### Multiple repositories ####
Note that you can use the endpoint to host multiple repositories. Do
this by adding a directory name or path after the URL. Note that
these **must** end with /. Eg
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user1repo/
# backup user1 stuff
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user2repo/
# backup user2 stuff
### Server options
Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should
listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all
IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port
:0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address
then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
--server-read-timeout and --server-write-timeout can be used to
control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time
for a transfer.
--max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will
accept in the HTTP header.
#### Authentication
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or
set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.
Use --htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is
in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic
authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
To create an htpasswd file:
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
Use --realm to set the authentication realm.
#### SSL/TLS
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over
https. You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags. If you
wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to
supply --client-ca also.
--cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded
private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client
certificate authority certificate.
```
rclone serve restic remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
--addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
--append-only disallow deletion of repository data
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-h, --help help for restic
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
--key string SSL PEM Private key
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--pass string Password for authentication.
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--stdio run an HTTP2 server on stdin/stdout
--user string User name for authentication.
```
## rclone serve webdav
Serve remote:path over webdav.
### Synopsis
rclone serve webdav implements a basic webdav server to serve the
remote over HTTP via the webdav protocol. This can be viewed with a
webdav client or you can make a remote of type webdav to read and
write it.
### Webdav options
#### --etag-hash
This controls the ETag header. Without this flag the ETag will be
based on the ModTime and Size of the object.
If this flag is set to "auto" then rclone will choose the first
supported hash on the backend or you can use a named hash such as
"MD5" or "SHA-1".
Use "rclone hashsum" to see the full list.
### Server options
Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should
listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all
IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port
:0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address
then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
--server-read-timeout and --server-write-timeout can be used to
control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time
for a transfer.
--max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will
accept in the HTTP header.
#### Authentication
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or
set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.
Use --htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is
in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic
authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
To create an htpasswd file:
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
Use --realm to set the authentication realm.
#### SSL/TLS
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over
https. You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags. If you
wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to
supply --client-ca also.
--cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded
private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client
certificate authority certificate.
### Directory Cache
Using the `--dir-cache-time` flag, you can set how long a
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or
invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only
be picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for
it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a [remote control](/rc) then you can use
rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
### File Buffering
The `--buffer-size` flag determines the amount of memory,
that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of
data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file
descriptor and won't be shared between multiple open file descriptors
of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor.
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not
not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory
will be used.
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
`--buffer-size * open files`.
### File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is
used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a
normal file system.
You'll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read
and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you
may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
If run with `-vv` rclone will print the location of the file cache. The
files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but
can be controlled with `--cache-dir` or setting the appropriate
environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by `--vfs-cache-mode`.
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the
cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are
closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won't
get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on
disk cache.
#### --vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write
directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
* Files can't be opened for both read AND write
* Files opened for write can't be seeked
* Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
* Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
* Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
* Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
* If an upload fails it can't be retried
#### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND
write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for
write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
* Files opened for write only can't be seeked
* Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
* Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
* If an upload fails it can't be retried
#### --vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from
the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk
first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.
#### --vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When
a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at
the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching,
including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk,
it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It
will be purged on a schedule according to `--vfs-cache-max-age`.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
--low-level-retries times.
```
rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
--addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--etag-hash string Which hash to use for the ETag, or auto or blank for off
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
-h, --help help for webdav
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
--key string SSL PEM Private key
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--pass string Password for authentication.
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only.
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-read-chunk-size int Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit int If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
```
## rclone settier
Changes storage class/tier of objects in remote.
### Synopsis
rclone settier changes storage tier or class at remote if supported.
Few cloud storage services provides different storage classes on objects,
for example AWS S3 and Glacier, Azure Blob storage - Hot, Cool and Archive,
Google Cloud Storage, Regional Storage, Nearline, Coldline etc.
Note that, certain tier chages make objects not available to access immediately.
For example tiering to archive in azure blob storage makes objects in frozen state,
user can restore by setting tier to Hot/Cool, similarly S3 to Glacier makes object
inaccessible.true
You can use it to tier single object
rclone settier Cool remote:path/file
Or use rclone filters to set tier on only specific files
rclone --include "*.txt" settier Hot remote:path/dir
Or just provide remote directory and all files in directory will be tiered
rclone settier tier remote:path/dir
```
rclone settier tier remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for settier
```
## rclone touch
Create new file or change file modification time.
### Synopsis
Create new file or change file modification time.
```
rclone touch remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-h, --help help for touch
-C, --no-create Do not create the file if it does not exist.
-t, --timestamp string Change the modification times to the specified time instead of the current time of day. The argument is of the form 'YYMMDD' (ex. 17.10.30) or 'YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS' (ex. 2006-01-02T15:04:05)
```
## rclone tree
List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.
### Synopsis
rclone tree lists the contents of a remote in a similar way to the
unix tree command.
For example
$ rclone tree remote:path
/
├── file1
├── file2
├── file3
└── subdir
├── file4
└── file5
1 directories, 5 files
You can use any of the filtering options with the tree command (eg
--include and --exclude). You can also use --fast-list.
The tree command has many options for controlling the listing which
are compatible with the tree command. Note that not all of them have
short options as they conflict with rclone's short options.
```
rclone tree remote:path [flags]
```
### Options
```
-a, --all All files are listed (list . files too).
-C, --color Turn colorization on always.
-d, --dirs-only List directories only.
--dirsfirst List directories before files (-U disables).
--full-path Print the full path prefix for each file.
-h, --help help for tree
--human Print the size in a more human readable way.
--level int Descend only level directories deep.
-D, --modtime Print the date of last modification.
-i, --noindent Don't print indentation lines.
--noreport Turn off file/directory count at end of tree listing.
-o, --output string Output to file instead of stdout.
-p, --protections Print the protections for each file.
-Q, --quote Quote filenames with double quotes.
-s, --size Print the size in bytes of each file.
--sort string Select sort: name,version,size,mtime,ctime.
--sort-ctime Sort files by last status change time.
-t, --sort-modtime Sort files by last modification time.
-r, --sort-reverse Reverse the order of the sort.
-U, --unsorted Leave files unsorted.
--version Sort files alphanumerically by version.
```
Copying single files
--------------------
rclone normally syncs or copies directories. However, if the source
remote points to a file, rclone will just copy that file. The
destination remote must point to a directory - rclone will give the
error `Failed to create file system for "remote:file": is a file not a
directory` if it isn't.
For example, suppose you have a remote with a file in called
`test.jpg`, then you could copy just that file like this
rclone copy remote:test.jpg /tmp/download
The file `test.jpg` will be placed inside `/tmp/download`.
This is equivalent to specifying
rclone copy --files-from /tmp/files remote: /tmp/download
Where `/tmp/files` contains the single line
test.jpg
It is recommended to use `copy` when copying individual files, not `sync`.
They have pretty much the same effect but `copy` will use a lot less
memory.
Syntax of remote paths
----------------------
The syntax of the paths passed to the rclone command are as follows.
### /path/to/dir
This refers to the local file system.
On Windows only `\` may be used instead of `/` in local paths
**only**, non local paths must use `/`.
These paths needn't start with a leading `/` - if they don't then they
will be relative to the current directory.
### remote:path/to/dir
This refers to a directory `path/to/dir` on `remote:` as defined in
the config file (configured with `rclone config`).
### remote:/path/to/dir
On most backends this is refers to the same directory as
`remote:path/to/dir` and that format should be preferred. On a very
small number of remotes (FTP, SFTP, Dropbox for business) this will
refer to a different directory. On these, paths without a leading `/`
will refer to your "home" directory and paths with a leading `/` will
refer to the root.
### :backend:path/to/dir
This is an advanced form for creating remotes on the fly. `backend`
should be the name or prefix of a backend (the `type` in the config
file) and all the configuration for the backend should be provided on
the command line (or in environment variables).
Eg
rclone lsd --http-url https://pub.rclone.org :http:
Which lists all the directories in `pub.rclone.org`.
Quoting and the shell
---------------------
When you are typing commands to your computer you are using something
called the command line shell. This interprets various characters in
an OS specific way.
Here are some gotchas which may help users unfamiliar with the shell rules
### Linux / OSX ###
If your names have spaces or shell metacharacters (eg `*`, `?`, `$`,
`'`, `"` etc) then you must quote them. Use single quotes `'` by default.
rclone copy 'Important files?' remote:backup
If you want to send a `'` you will need to use `"`, eg
rclone copy "O'Reilly Reviews" remote:backup
The rules for quoting metacharacters are complicated and if you want
the full details you'll have to consult the manual page for your
shell.
### Windows ###
If your names have spaces in you need to put them in `"`, eg
rclone copy "E:\folder name\folder name\folder name" remote:backup
If you are using the root directory on its own then don't quote it
(see [#464](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/464) for why), eg
rclone copy E:\ remote:backup
Copying files or directories with `:` in the names
--------------------------------------------------
rclone uses `:` to mark a remote name. This is, however, a valid
filename component in non-Windows OSes. The remote name parser will
only search for a `:` up to the first `/` so if you need to act on a
file or directory like this then use the full path starting with a
`/`, or use `./` as a current directory prefix.
So to sync a directory called `sync:me` to a remote called `remote:` use
rclone sync ./sync:me remote:path
or
rclone sync /full/path/to/sync:me remote:path
Server Side Copy
----------------
Most remotes (but not all - see [the
overview](/overview/#optional-features)) support server side copy.
This means if you want to copy one folder to another then rclone won't
download all the files and re-upload them; it will instruct the server
to copy them in place.
Eg
rclone copy s3:oldbucket s3:newbucket
Will copy the contents of `oldbucket` to `newbucket` without
downloading and re-uploading.
Remotes which don't support server side copy **will** download and
re-upload in this case.
Server side copies are used with `sync` and `copy` and will be
identified in the log when using the `-v` flag. The `move` command
may also use them if remote doesn't support server side move directly.
This is done by issuing a server side copy then a delete which is much
quicker than a download and re-upload.
Server side copies will only be attempted if the remote names are the
same.
This can be used when scripting to make aged backups efficiently, eg
rclone sync remote:current-backup remote:previous-backup
rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup
Options
-------
Rclone has a number of options to control its behaviour.
Options which use TIME use the go time parser. A duration string is a
possibly signed sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional
fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms", "-1.5h" or "2h45m". Valid
time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h".
Options which use SIZE use kByte by default. However, a suffix of `b`
for bytes, `k` for kBytes, `M` for MBytes, `G` for GBytes, `T` for
TBytes and `P` for PBytes may be used. These are the binary units, eg
1, 2\*\*10, 2\*\*20, 2\*\*30 respectively.
### --backup-dir=DIR ###
When using `sync`, `copy` or `move` any files which would have been
overwritten or deleted are moved in their original hierarchy into this
directory.
If `--suffix` is set, then the moved files will have the suffix added
to them. If there is a file with the same path (after the suffix has
been added) in DIR, then it will be overwritten.
The remote in use must support server side move or copy and you must
use the same remote as the destination of the sync. The backup
directory must not overlap the destination directory.
For example
rclone sync /path/to/local remote:current --backup-dir remote:old
will sync `/path/to/local` to `remote:current`, but for any files
which would have been updated or deleted will be stored in
`remote:old`.
If running rclone from a script you might want to use today's date as
the directory name passed to `--backup-dir` to store the old files, or
you might want to pass `--suffix` with today's date.
### --bind string ###
Local address to bind to for outgoing connections. This can be an
IPv4 address (1.2.3.4), an IPv6 address (1234::789A) or host name. If
the host name doesn't resolve or resolves to more than one IP address
it will give an error.
### --bwlimit=BANDWIDTH_SPEC ###
This option controls the bandwidth limit. Limits can be specified
in two ways: As a single limit, or as a timetable.
Single limits last for the duration of the session. To use a single limit,
specify the desired bandwidth in kBytes/s, or use a suffix b|k|M|G. The
default is `0` which means to not limit bandwidth.
For example, to limit bandwidth usage to 10 MBytes/s use `--bwlimit 10M`
It is also possible to specify a "timetable" of limits, which will cause
certain limits to be applied at certain times. To specify a timetable, format your
entries as "WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH..." where:
WEEKDAY is optional element.
It could be writen as whole world or only using 3 first characters.
HH:MM is an hour from 00:00 to 23:59.
An example of a typical timetable to avoid link saturation during daytime
working hours could be:
`--bwlimit "08:00,512 12:00,10M 13:00,512 18:00,30M 23:00,off"`
In this example, the transfer bandwidth will be every day set to 512kBytes/sec at 8am.
At noon, it will raise to 10Mbytes/s, and drop back to 512kBytes/sec at 1pm.
At 6pm, the bandwidth limit will be set to 30MBytes/s, and at 11pm it will be
completely disabled (full speed). Anything between 11pm and 8am will remain
unlimited.
An example of timetable with WEEKDAY could be:
`--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512 Fri-23:59,10M Sat-10:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"`
It mean that, the transfer bandwidh will be set to 512kBytes/sec on Monday.
It will raise to 10Mbytes/s before the end of Friday.
At 10:00 on Sunday it will be set to 1Mbyte/s.
From 20:00 at Sunday will be unlimited.
Timeslots without weekday are extended to whole week.
So this one example:
`--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512 12:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"`
Is equal to this:
`--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512Mon-12:00,1M Tue-12:00,1M Wed-12:00,1M Thu-12:00,1M Fri-12:00,1M Sat-12:00,1M Sun-12:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"`
Bandwidth limits only apply to the data transfer. They don't apply to the
bandwidth of the directory listings etc.
Note that the units are Bytes/s, not Bits/s. Typically connections are
measured in Bits/s - to convert divide by 8. For example, let's say
you have a 10 Mbit/s connection and you wish rclone to use half of it
- 5 Mbit/s. This is 5/8 = 0.625MByte/s so you would use a `--bwlimit
0.625M` parameter for rclone.
On Unix systems (Linux, MacOS, …) the bandwidth limiter can be toggled by
sending a `SIGUSR2` signal to rclone. This allows to remove the limitations
of a long running rclone transfer and to restore it back to the value specified
with `--bwlimit` quickly when needed. Assuming there is only one rclone instance
running, you can toggle the limiter like this:
kill -SIGUSR2 $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a [remote control](/rc) then you can use
change the bwlimit dynamically:
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
### --buffer-size=SIZE ###
Use this sized buffer to speed up file transfers. Each `--transfer`
will use this much memory for buffering.
When using `mount` or `cmount` each open file descriptor will use this much
memory for buffering.
See the [mount](/commands/rclone_mount/#file-buffering) documentation for more details.
Set to 0 to disable the buffering for the minimum memory usage.
### --checkers=N ###
The number of checkers to run in parallel. Checkers do the equality
checking of files during a sync. For some storage systems (eg S3,
Swift, Dropbox) this can take a significant amount of time so they are
run in parallel.
The default is to run 8 checkers in parallel.
### -c, --checksum ###
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to
see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check
the file hash and size to determine if files are equal.
This is useful when the remote doesn't support setting modified time
and a more accurate sync is desired than just checking the file size.
This is very useful when transferring between remotes which store the
same hash type on the object, eg Drive and Swift. For details of which
remotes support which hash type see the table in the [overview
section](https://rclone.org/overview/).
Eg `rclone --checksum sync s3:/bucket swift:/bucket` would run much
quicker than without the `--checksum` flag.
When using this flag, rclone won't update mtimes of remote files if
they are incorrect as it would normally.
### --config=CONFIG_FILE ###
Specify the location of the rclone config file.
Normally the config file is in your home directory as a file called
`.config/rclone/rclone.conf` (or `.rclone.conf` if created with an
older version). If `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME` is set it will be at
`$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/rclone/rclone.conf`
If you run `rclone -h` and look at the help for the `--config` option
you will see where the default location is for you.
Use this flag to override the config location, eg `rclone
--config=".myconfig" .config`.
### --contimeout=TIME ###
Set the connection timeout. This should be in go time format which
looks like `5s` for 5 seconds, `10m` for 10 minutes, or `3h30m`.
The connection timeout is the amount of time rclone will wait for a
connection to go through to a remote object storage system. It is
`1m` by default.
### --dedupe-mode MODE ###
Mode to run dedupe command in. One of `interactive`, `skip`, `first`, `newest`, `oldest`, `rename`. The default is `interactive`. See the dedupe command for more information as to what these options mean.
### --disable FEATURE,FEATURE,... ###
This disables a comma separated list of optional features. For example
to disable server side move and server side copy use:
--disable move,copy
The features can be put in in any case.
To see a list of which features can be disabled use:
--disable help
See the overview [features](/overview/#features) and
[optional features](/overview/#optional-features) to get an idea of
which feature does what.
This flag can be useful for debugging and in exceptional circumstances
(eg Google Drive limiting the total volume of Server Side Copies to
100GB/day).
### -n, --dry-run ###
Do a trial run with no permanent changes. Use this to see what rclone
would do without actually doing it. Useful when setting up the `sync`
command which deletes files in the destination.
### --ignore-checksum ###
Normally rclone will check that the checksums of transferred files
match, and give an error "corrupted on transfer" if they don't.
You can use this option to skip that check. You should only use it if
you have had the "corrupted on transfer" error message and you are
sure you might want to transfer potentially corrupted data.
### --ignore-existing ###
Using this option will make rclone unconditionally skip all files
that exist on the destination, no matter the content of these files.
While this isn't a generally recommended option, it can be useful
in cases where your files change due to encryption. However, it cannot
correct partial transfers in case a transfer was interrupted.
### --ignore-size ###
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to
see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check
only the modification time. If `--checksum` is set then it only
checks the checksum.
It will also cause rclone to skip verifying the sizes are the same
after transfer.
This can be useful for transferring files to and from OneDrive which
occasionally misreports the size of image files (see
[#399](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/399) for more info).
### -I, --ignore-times ###
Using this option will cause rclone to unconditionally upload all
files regardless of the state of files on the destination.
Normally rclone would skip any files that have the same
modification time and are the same size (or have the same checksum if
using `--checksum`).
### --immutable ###
Treat source and destination files as immutable and disallow
modification.
With this option set, files will be created and deleted as requested,
but existing files will never be updated. If an existing file does
not match between the source and destination, rclone will give the error
`Source and destination exist but do not match: immutable file modified`.
Note that only commands which transfer files (e.g. `sync`, `copy`,
`move`) are affected by this behavior, and only modification is
disallowed. Files may still be deleted explicitly (e.g. `delete`,
`purge`) or implicitly (e.g. `sync`, `move`). Use `copy --immutable`
if it is desired to avoid deletion as well as modification.
This can be useful as an additional layer of protection for immutable
or append-only data sets (notably backup archives), where modification
implies corruption and should not be propagated.
## --leave-root ###
During rmdirs it will not remove root directory, even if it's empty.
### --log-file=FILE ###
Log all of rclone's output to FILE. This is not active by default.
This can be useful for tracking down problems with syncs in
combination with the `-v` flag. See the [Logging section](#logging)
for more info.
Note that if you are using the `logrotate` program to manage rclone's
logs, then you should use the `copytruncate` option as rclone doesn't
have a signal to rotate logs.
### --log-format LIST ###
Comma separated list of log format options. `date`, `time`, `microseconds`, `longfile`, `shortfile`, `UTC`. The default is "`date`,`time`".
### --log-level LEVEL ###
This sets the log level for rclone. The default log level is `NOTICE`.
`DEBUG` is equivalent to `-vv`. It outputs lots of debug info - useful
for bug reports and really finding out what rclone is doing.
`INFO` is equivalent to `-v`. It outputs information about each transfer
and prints stats once a minute by default.
`NOTICE` is the default log level if no logging flags are supplied. It
outputs very little when things are working normally. It outputs
warnings and significant events.
`ERROR` is equivalent to `-q`. It only outputs error messages.
### --low-level-retries NUMBER ###
This controls the number of low level retries rclone does.
A low level retry is used to retry a failing operation - typically one
HTTP request. This might be uploading a chunk of a big file for
example. You will see low level retries in the log with the `-v`
flag.
This shouldn't need to be changed from the default in normal operations.
However, if you get a lot of low level retries you may wish
to reduce the value so rclone moves on to a high level retry (see the
`--retries` flag) quicker.
Disable low level retries with `--low-level-retries 1`.
### --max-backlog=N ###
This is the maximum allowable backlog of files in a sync/copy/move
queued for being checked or transferred.
This can be set arbitrarily large. It will only use memory when the
queue is in use. Note that it will use in the order of N kB of memory
when the backlog is in use.
Setting this large allows rclone to calculate how many files are
pending more accurately and give a more accurate estimated finish
time.
Setting this small will make rclone more synchronous to the listings
of the remote which may be desirable.
### --max-delete=N ###
This tells rclone not to delete more than N files. If that limit is
exceeded then a fatal error will be generated and rclone will stop the
operation in progress.
### --max-depth=N ###
This modifies the recursion depth for all the commands except purge.
So if you do `rclone --max-depth 1 ls remote:path` you will see only
the files in the top level directory. Using `--max-depth 2` means you
will see all the files in first two directory levels and so on.
For historical reasons the `lsd` command defaults to using a
`--max-depth` of 1 - you can override this with the command line flag.
You can use this command to disable recursion (with `--max-depth 1`).
Note that if you use this with `sync` and `--delete-excluded` the
files not recursed through are considered excluded and will be deleted
on the destination. Test first with `--dry-run` if you are not sure
what will happen.
### --max-transfer=SIZE ###
Rclone will stop transferring when it has reached the size specified.
Defaults to off.
When the limit is reached all transfers will stop immediately.
Rclone will exit with exit code 8 if the transfer limit is reached.
### --modify-window=TIME ###
When checking whether a file has been modified, this is the maximum
allowed time difference that a file can have and still be considered
equivalent.
The default is `1ns` unless this is overridden by a remote. For
example OS X only stores modification times to the nearest second so
if you are reading and writing to an OS X filing system this will be
`1s` by default.
This command line flag allows you to override that computed default.
### --no-gzip-encoding ###
Don't set `Accept-Encoding: gzip`. This means that rclone won't ask
the server for compressed files automatically. Useful if you've set
the server to return files with `Content-Encoding: gzip` but you
uploaded compressed files.
There is no need to set this in normal operation, and doing so will
decrease the network transfer efficiency of rclone.
### --no-update-modtime ###
When using this flag, rclone won't update modification times of remote
files if they are incorrect as it would normally.
This can be used if the remote is being synced with another tool also
(eg the Google Drive client).
### -P, --progress ###
This flag makes rclone update the stats in a static block in the
terminal providing a realtime overview of the transfer.
Any log messages will scroll above the static block. Log messages
will push the static block down to the bottom of the terminal where it
will stay.
Normally this is updated every 500mS but this period can be overridden
with the `--stats` flag.
This can be used with the `--stats-one-line` flag for a simpler
display.
Note: On Windows until[this bug](https://github.com/Azure/go-ansiterm/issues/26)
is fixed all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with `.` when
`--progress` is in use.
### -q, --quiet ###
Normally rclone outputs stats and a completion message. If you set
this flag it will make as little output as possible.
### --retries int ###
Retry the entire sync if it fails this many times it fails (default 3).
Some remotes can be unreliable and a few retries help pick up the
files which didn't get transferred because of errors.
Disable retries with `--retries 1`.
### --retries-sleep=TIME ###
This sets the interval between each retry specified by `--retries`
The default is 0. Use 0 to disable.
### --size-only ###
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to
see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check
only the size.
This can be useful transferring files from Dropbox which have been
modified by the desktop sync client which doesn't set checksums of
modification times in the same way as rclone.
### --stats=TIME ###
Commands which transfer data (`sync`, `copy`, `copyto`, `move`,
`moveto`) will print data transfer stats at regular intervals to show
their progress.
This sets the interval.
The default is `1m`. Use 0 to disable.
If you set the stats interval then all commands can show stats. This
can be useful when running other commands, `check` or `mount` for
example.
Stats are logged at `INFO` level by default which means they won't
show at default log level `NOTICE`. Use `--stats-log-level NOTICE` or
`-v` to make them show. See the [Logging section](#logging) for more
info on log levels.
Note that on macOS you can send a SIGINFO (which is normally ctrl-T in
the terminal) to make the stats print immediately.
### --stats-file-name-length integer ###
By default, the `--stats` output will truncate file names and paths longer
than 40 characters. This is equivalent to providing
`--stats-file-name-length 40`. Use `--stats-file-name-length 0` to disable
any truncation of file names printed by stats.
### --stats-log-level string ###
Log level to show `--stats` output at. This can be `DEBUG`, `INFO`,
`NOTICE`, or `ERROR`. The default is `INFO`. This means at the
default level of logging which is `NOTICE` the stats won't show - if
you want them to then use `--stats-log-level NOTICE`. See the [Logging
section](#logging) for more info on log levels.
### --stats-one-line ###
When this is specified, rclone condenses the stats into a single line
showing the most important stats only.
### --stats-unit=bits|bytes ###
By default, data transfer rates will be printed in bytes/second.
This option allows the data rate to be printed in bits/second.
Data transfer volume will still be reported in bytes.
The rate is reported as a binary unit, not SI unit. So 1 Mbit/s
equals 1,048,576 bits/s and not 1,000,000 bits/s.
The default is `bytes`.
### --suffix=SUFFIX ###
This is for use with `--backup-dir` only. If this isn't set then
`--backup-dir` will move files with their original name. If it is set
then the files will have SUFFIX added on to them.
See `--backup-dir` for more info.
### --syslog ###
On capable OSes (not Windows or Plan9) send all log output to syslog.
This can be useful for running rclone in a script or `rclone mount`.
### --syslog-facility string ###
If using `--syslog` this sets the syslog facility (eg `KERN`, `USER`).
See `man syslog` for a list of possible facilities. The default
facility is `DAEMON`.
### --tpslimit float ###
Limit HTTP transactions per second to this. Default is 0 which is used
to mean unlimited transactions per second.
For example to limit rclone to 10 HTTP transactions per second use
`--tpslimit 10`, or to 1 transaction every 2 seconds use `--tpslimit
0.5`.
Use this when the number of transactions per second from rclone is
causing a problem with the cloud storage provider (eg getting you
banned or rate limited).
This can be very useful for `rclone mount` to control the behaviour of
applications using it.
See also `--tpslimit-burst`.
### --tpslimit-burst int ###
Max burst of transactions for `--tpslimit`. (default 1)
Normally `--tpslimit` will do exactly the number of transaction per
second specified. However if you supply `--tps-burst` then rclone can
save up some transactions from when it was idle giving a burst of up
to the parameter supplied.
For example if you provide `--tpslimit-burst 10` then if rclone has
been idle for more than 10*`--tpslimit` then it can do 10 transactions
very quickly before they are limited again.
This may be used to increase performance of `--tpslimit` without
changing the long term average number of transactions per second.
### --track-renames ###
By default, rclone doesn't keep track of renamed files, so if you
rename a file locally then sync it to a remote, rclone will delete the
old file on the remote and upload a new copy.
If you use this flag, and the remote supports server side copy or
server side move, and the source and destination have a compatible
hash, then this will track renames during `sync`
operations and perform renaming server-side.
Files will be matched by size and hash - if both match then a rename
will be considered.
If the destination does not support server-side copy or move, rclone
will fall back to the default behaviour and log an error level message
to the console. Note: Encrypted destinations are not supported
by `--track-renames`.
Note that `--track-renames` uses extra memory to keep track of all
the rename candidates.
Note also that `--track-renames` is incompatible with
`--delete-before` and will select `--delete-after` instead of
`--delete-during`.
### --delete-(before,during,after) ###
This option allows you to specify when files on your destination are
deleted when you sync folders.
Specifying the value `--delete-before` will delete all files present
on the destination, but not on the source *before* starting the
transfer of any new or updated files. This uses two passes through the
file systems, one for the deletions and one for the copies.
Specifying `--delete-during` will delete files while checking and
uploading files. This is the fastest option and uses the least memory.
Specifying `--delete-after` (the default value) will delay deletion of
files until all new/updated files have been successfully transferred.
The files to be deleted are collected in the copy pass then deleted
after the copy pass has completed successfully. The files to be
deleted are held in memory so this mode may use more memory. This is
the safest mode as it will only delete files if there have been no
errors subsequent to that. If there have been errors before the
deletions start then you will get the message `not deleting files as
there were IO errors`.
### --fast-list ###
When doing anything which involves a directory listing (eg `sync`,
`copy`, `ls` - in fact nearly every command), rclone normally lists a
directory and processes it before using more directory lists to
process any subdirectories. This can be parallelised and works very
quickly using the least amount of memory.
However, some remotes have a way of listing all files beneath a
directory in one (or a small number) of transactions. These tend to
be the bucket based remotes (eg S3, B2, GCS, Swift, Hubic).
If you use the `--fast-list` flag then rclone will use this method for
listing directories. This will have the following consequences for
the listing:
* It **will** use fewer transactions (important if you pay for them)
* It **will** use more memory. Rclone has to load the whole listing into memory.
* It *may* be faster because it uses fewer transactions
* It *may* be slower because it can't be parallelized
rclone should always give identical results with and without
`--fast-list`.
If you pay for transactions and can fit your entire sync listing into
memory then `--fast-list` is recommended. If you have a very big sync
to do then don't use `--fast-list` otherwise you will run out of
memory.
If you use `--fast-list` on a remote which doesn't support it, then
rclone will just ignore it.
### --timeout=TIME ###
This sets the IO idle timeout. If a transfer has started but then
becomes idle for this long it is considered broken and disconnected.
The default is `5m`. Set to 0 to disable.
### --transfers=N ###
The number of file transfers to run in parallel. It can sometimes be
useful to set this to a smaller number if the remote is giving a lot
of timeouts or bigger if you have lots of bandwidth and a fast remote.
The default is to run 4 file transfers in parallel.
### -u, --update ###
This forces rclone to skip any files which exist on the destination
and have a modified time that is newer than the source file.
If an existing destination file has a modification time equal (within
the computed modify window precision) to the source file's, it will be
updated if the sizes are different.
On remotes which don't support mod time directly the time checked will
be the uploaded time. This means that if uploading to one of these
remotes, rclone will skip any files which exist on the destination and
have an uploaded time that is newer than the modification time of the
source file.
This can be useful when transferring to a remote which doesn't support
mod times directly as it is more accurate than a `--size-only` check
and faster than using `--checksum`.
### --use-server-modtime ###
Some object-store backends (e.g, Swift, S3) do not preserve file modification
times (modtime). On these backends, rclone stores the original modtime as
additional metadata on the object. By default it will make an API call to
retrieve the metadata when the modtime is needed by an operation.
Use this flag to disable the extra API call and rely instead on the server's
modified time. In cases such as a local to remote sync, knowing the local file
is newer than the time it was last uploaded to the remote is sufficient. In
those cases, this flag can speed up the process and reduce the number of API
calls necessary.
### -v, -vv, --verbose ###
With `-v` rclone will tell you about each file that is transferred and
a small number of significant events.
With `-vv` rclone will become very verbose telling you about every
file it considers and transfers. Please send bug reports with a log
with this setting.
### -V, --version ###
Prints the version number
Configuration Encryption
------------------------
Your configuration file contains information for logging in to
your cloud services. This means that you should keep your
`.rclone.conf` file in a secure location.
If you are in an environment where that isn't possible, you can
add a password to your configuration. This means that you will
have to enter the password every time you start rclone.
To add a password to your rclone configuration, execute `rclone config`.
```
>rclone config
Current remotes:
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/s/q>
```
Go into `s`, Set configuration password:
```
e/n/d/s/q> s
Your configuration is not encrypted.
If you add a password, you will protect your login information to cloud services.
a) Add Password
q) Quit to main menu
a/q> a
Enter NEW configuration password:
password:
Confirm NEW password:
password:
Password set
Your configuration is encrypted.
c) Change Password
u) Unencrypt configuration
q) Quit to main menu
c/u/q>
```
Your configuration is now encrypted, and every time you start rclone
you will now be asked for the password. In the same menu, you can
change the password or completely remove encryption from your
configuration.
There is no way to recover the configuration if you lose your password.
rclone uses [nacl secretbox](https://godoc.org/golang.org/x/crypto/nacl/secretbox)
which in turn uses XSalsa20 and Poly1305 to encrypt and authenticate
your configuration with secret-key cryptography.
The password is SHA-256 hashed, which produces the key for secretbox.
The hashed password is not stored.
While this provides very good security, we do not recommend storing
your encrypted rclone configuration in public if it contains sensitive
information, maybe except if you use a very strong password.
If it is safe in your environment, you can set the `RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS`
environment variable to contain your password, in which case it will be
used for decrypting the configuration.
You can set this for a session from a script. For unix like systems
save this to a file called `set-rclone-password`:
```
#!/bin/echo Source this file don't run it
read -s RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS
export RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS
```
Then source the file when you want to use it. From the shell you
would do `source set-rclone-password`. It will then ask you for the
password and set it in the environment variable.
If you are running rclone inside a script, you might want to disable
password prompts. To do that, pass the parameter
`--ask-password=false` to rclone. This will make rclone fail instead
of asking for a password if `RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS` doesn't contain
a valid password.
Developer options
-----------------
These options are useful when developing or debugging rclone. There
are also some more remote specific options which aren't documented
here which are used for testing. These start with remote name eg
`--drive-test-option` - see the docs for the remote in question.
### --cpuprofile=FILE ###
Write CPU profile to file. This can be analysed with `go tool pprof`.
#### --dump flag,flag,flag ####
The `--dump` flag takes a comma separated list of flags to dump info
about. These are:
#### --dump headers ####
Dump HTTP headers with `Authorization:` lines removed. May still
contain sensitive info. Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging
only.
Use `--dump auth` if you do want the `Authorization:` headers.
#### --dump bodies ####
Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info. Can be
very verbose. Useful for debugging only.
Note that the bodies are buffered in memory so don't use this for
enormous files.
#### --dump requests ####
Like `--dump bodies` but dumps the request bodies and the response
headers. Useful for debugging download problems.
#### --dump responses ####
Like `--dump bodies` but dumps the response bodies and the request
headers. Useful for debugging upload problems.
#### --dump auth ####
Dump HTTP headers - will contain sensitive info such as
`Authorization:` headers - use `--dump headers` to dump without
`Authorization:` headers. Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging
only.
#### --dump filters ####
Dump the filters to the output. Useful to see exactly what include
and exclude options are filtering on.
#### --dump goroutines ####
This dumps a list of the running go-routines at the end of the command
to standard output.
#### --dump openfiles ####
This dumps a list of the open files at the end of the command. It
uses the `lsof` command to do that so you'll need that installed to
use it.
### --memprofile=FILE ###
Write memory profile to file. This can be analysed with `go tool pprof`.
### --no-check-certificate=true/false ###
`--no-check-certificate` controls whether a client verifies the
server's certificate chain and host name.
If `--no-check-certificate` is true, TLS accepts any certificate
presented by the server and any host name in that certificate.
In this mode, TLS is susceptible to man-in-the-middle attacks.
This option defaults to `false`.
**This should be used only for testing.**
Filtering
---------
For the filtering options
* `--delete-excluded`
* `--filter`
* `--filter-from`
* `--exclude`
* `--exclude-from`
* `--include`
* `--include-from`
* `--files-from`
* `--min-size`
* `--max-size`
* `--min-age`
* `--max-age`
* `--dump filters`
See the [filtering section](https://rclone.org/filtering/).
Remote control
--------------
For the remote control options and for instructions on how to remote control rclone
* `--rc`
* and anything starting with `--rc-`
See [the remote control section](https://rclone.org/rc/).
Logging
-------
rclone has 4 levels of logging, `ERROR`, `NOTICE`, `INFO` and `DEBUG`.
By default, rclone logs to standard error. This means you can redirect
standard error and still see the normal output of rclone commands (eg
`rclone ls`).
By default, rclone will produce `Error` and `Notice` level messages.
If you use the `-q` flag, rclone will only produce `Error` messages.
If you use the `-v` flag, rclone will produce `Error`, `Notice` and
`Info` messages.
If you use the `-vv` flag, rclone will produce `Error`, `Notice`,
`Info` and `Debug` messages.
You can also control the log levels with the `--log-level` flag.
If you use the `--log-file=FILE` option, rclone will redirect `Error`,
`Info` and `Debug` messages along with standard error to FILE.
If you use the `--syslog` flag then rclone will log to syslog and the
`--syslog-facility` control which facility it uses.
Rclone prefixes all log messages with their level in capitals, eg INFO
which makes it easy to grep the log file for different kinds of
information.
Exit Code
---------
If any errors occur during the command execution, rclone will exit with a
non-zero exit code. This allows scripts to detect when rclone
operations have failed.
During the startup phase, rclone will exit immediately if an error is
detected in the configuration. There will always be a log message
immediately before exiting.
When rclone is running it will accumulate errors as it goes along, and
only exit with a non-zero exit code if (after retries) there were
still failed transfers. For every error counted there will be a high
priority log message (visible with `-q`) showing the message and
which file caused the problem. A high priority message is also shown
when starting a retry so the user can see that any previous error
messages may not be valid after the retry. If rclone has done a retry
it will log a high priority message if the retry was successful.
### List of exit codes ###
* `0` - success
* `1` - Syntax or usage error
* `2` - Error not otherwise categorised
* `3` - Directory not found
* `4` - File not found
* `5` - Temporary error (one that more retries might fix) (Retry errors)
* `6` - Less serious errors (like 461 errors from dropbox) (NoRetry errors)
* `7` - Fatal error (one that more retries won't fix, like account suspended) (Fatal errors)
* `8` - Transfer exceeded - limit set by --max-transfer reached
Environment Variables
---------------------
Rclone can be configured entirely using environment variables. These
can be used to set defaults for options or config file entries.
### Options ###
Every option in rclone can have its default set by environment
variable.
To find the name of the environment variable, first, take the long
option name, strip the leading `--`, change `-` to `_`, make
upper case and prepend `RCLONE_`.
For example, to always set `--stats 5s`, set the environment variable
`RCLONE_STATS=5s`. If you set stats on the command line this will
override the environment variable setting.
Or to always use the trash in drive `--drive-use-trash`, set
`RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_TRASH=true`.
The same parser is used for the options and the environment variables
so they take exactly the same form.
### Config file ###
You can set defaults for values in the config file on an individual
remote basis. If you want to use this feature, you will need to
discover the name of the config items that you want. The easiest way
is to run through `rclone config` by hand, then look in the config
file to see what the values are (the config file can be found by
looking at the help for `--config` in `rclone help`).
To find the name of the environment variable, you need to set, take
`RCLONE_CONFIG_` + name of remote + `_` + name of config file option
and make it all uppercase.
For example, to configure an S3 remote named `mys3:` without a config
file (using unix ways of setting environment variables):
```
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_TYPE=s3
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_ACCESS_KEY_ID=XXX
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=XXX
$ rclone lsd MYS3:
-1 2016-09-21 12:54:21 -1 my-bucket
$ rclone listremotes | grep mys3
mys3:
```
Note that if you want to create a remote using environment variables
you must create the `..._TYPE` variable as above.
### Other environment variables ###
* RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS` set to contain your config file password (see [Configuration Encryption](#configuration-encryption) section)
* HTTP_PROXY, HTTPS_PROXY and NO_PROXY (or the lowercase versions thereof).
* HTTPS_PROXY takes precedence over HTTP_PROXY for https requests.
* The environment values may be either a complete URL or a "host[:port]" for, in which case the "http" scheme is assumed.
# Configuring rclone on a remote / headless machine #
Some of the configurations (those involving oauth2) require an
Internet connected web browser.
If you are trying to set rclone up on a remote or headless box with no
browser available on it (eg a NAS or a server in a datacenter) then
you will need to use an alternative means of configuration. There are
two ways of doing it, described below.
## Configuring using rclone authorize ##
On the headless box
```
...
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has a web browser available.
Execute the following on your machine:
rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive"
Then paste the result below:
result>
```
Then on your main desktop machine
```
rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive"
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
Paste the following into your remote machine --->
SECRET_TOKEN
<---End paste
```
Then back to the headless box, paste in the code
```
result> SECRET_TOKEN
--------------------
[acd12]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = SECRET_TOKEN
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d>
```
## Configuring by copying the config file ##
Rclone stores all of its config in a single configuration file. This
can easily be copied to configure a remote rclone.
So first configure rclone on your desktop machine
rclone config
to set up the config file.
Find the config file by running `rclone -h` and looking for the help for the `--config` option
```
$ rclone -h
[snip]
--config="/home/user/.rclone.conf": Config file.
[snip]
```
Now transfer it to the remote box (scp, cut paste, ftp, sftp etc) and
place it in the correct place (use `rclone -h` on the remote box to
find out where).
# Filtering, includes and excludes #
Rclone has a sophisticated set of include and exclude rules. Some of
these are based on patterns and some on other things like file size.
The filters are applied for the `copy`, `sync`, `move`, `ls`, `lsl`,
`md5sum`, `sha1sum`, `size`, `delete` and `check` operations.
Note that `purge` does not obey the filters.
Each path as it passes through rclone is matched against the include
and exclude rules like `--include`, `--exclude`, `--include-from`,
`--exclude-from`, `--filter`, or `--filter-from`. The simplest way to
try them out is using the `ls` command, or `--dry-run` together with
`-v`.
## Patterns ##
The patterns used to match files for inclusion or exclusion are based
on "file globs" as used by the unix shell.
If the pattern starts with a `/` then it only matches at the top level
of the directory tree, **relative to the root of the remote** (not
necessarily the root of the local drive). If it doesn't start with `/`
then it is matched starting at the **end of the path**, but it will
only match a complete path element:
file.jpg - matches "file.jpg"
- matches "directory/file.jpg"
- doesn't match "afile.jpg"
- doesn't match "directory/afile.jpg"
/file.jpg - matches "file.jpg" in the root directory of the remote
- doesn't match "afile.jpg"
- doesn't match "directory/file.jpg"
**Important** Note that you must use `/` in patterns and not `\` even
if running on Windows.
A `*` matches anything but not a `/`.
*.jpg - matches "file.jpg"
- matches "directory/file.jpg"
- doesn't match "file.jpg/something"
Use `**` to match anything, including slashes (`/`).
dir/** - matches "dir/file.jpg"
- matches "dir/dir1/dir2/file.jpg"
- doesn't match "directory/file.jpg"
- doesn't match "adir/file.jpg"
A `?` matches any character except a slash `/`.
l?ss - matches "less"
- matches "lass"
- doesn't match "floss"
A `[` and `]` together make a a character class, such as `[a-z]` or
`[aeiou]` or `[[:alpha:]]`. See the [go regexp
docs](https://golang.org/pkg/regexp/syntax/) for more info on these.
h[ae]llo - matches "hello"
- matches "hallo"
- doesn't match "hullo"
A `{` and `}` define a choice between elements. It should contain a
comma separated list of patterns, any of which might match. These
patterns can contain wildcards.
{one,two}_potato - matches "one_potato"
- matches "two_potato"
- doesn't match "three_potato"
- doesn't match "_potato"
Special characters can be escaped with a `\` before them.
\*.jpg - matches "*.jpg"
\\.jpg - matches "\.jpg"
\[one\].jpg - matches "[one].jpg"
Note also that rclone filter globs can only be used in one of the
filter command line flags, not in the specification of the remote, so
`rclone copy "remote:dir*.jpg" /path/to/dir` won't work - what is
required is `rclone --include "*.jpg" copy remote:dir /path/to/dir`
### Directories ###
Rclone keeps track of directories that could match any file patterns.
Eg if you add the include rule
/a/*.jpg
Rclone will synthesize the directory include rule
/a/
If you put any rules which end in `/` then it will only match
directories.
Directory matches are **only** used to optimise directory access
patterns - you must still match the files that you want to match.
Directory matches won't optimise anything on bucket based remotes (eg
s3, swift, google compute storage, b2) which don't have a concept of
directory.
### Differences between rsync and rclone patterns ###
Rclone implements bash style `{a,b,c}` glob matching which rsync doesn't.
Rclone always does a wildcard match so `\` must always escape a `\`.
## How the rules are used ##
Rclone maintains a combined list of include rules and exclude rules.
Each file is matched in order, starting from the top, against the rule
in the list until it finds a match. The file is then included or
excluded according to the rule type.
If the matcher fails to find a match after testing against all the
entries in the list then the path is included.
For example given the following rules, `+` being include, `-` being
exclude,
- secret*.jpg
+ *.jpg
+ *.png
+ file2.avi
- *
This would include
* `file1.jpg`
* `file3.png`
* `file2.avi`
This would exclude
* `secret17.jpg`
* non `*.jpg` and `*.png`
A similar process is done on directory entries before recursing into
them. This only works on remotes which have a concept of directory
(Eg local, google drive, onedrive, amazon drive) and not on bucket
based remotes (eg s3, swift, google compute storage, b2).
## Adding filtering rules ##
Filtering rules are added with the following command line flags.
### Repeating options ##
You can repeat the following options to add more than one rule of that
type.
* `--include`
* `--include-from`
* `--exclude`
* `--exclude-from`
* `--filter`
* `--filter-from`
**Important** You should not use `--include*` together with `--exclude*`.
It may produce different results than you expected. In that case try to use: `--filter*`.
Note that all the options of the same type are processed together in
the order above, regardless of what order they were placed on the
command line.
So all `--include` options are processed first in the order they
appeared on the command line, then all `--include-from` options etc.
To mix up the order includes and excludes, the `--filter` flag can be
used.
### `--exclude` - Exclude files matching pattern ###
Add a single exclude rule with `--exclude`.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are
processed in.
Eg `--exclude *.bak` to exclude all bak files from the sync.
### `--exclude-from` - Read exclude patterns from file ###
Add exclude rules from a file.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are
processed in.
Prepare a file like this `exclude-file.txt`
# a sample exclude rule file
*.bak
file2.jpg
Then use as `--exclude-from exclude-file.txt`. This will sync all
files except those ending in `bak` and `file2.jpg`.
This is useful if you have a lot of rules.
### `--include` - Include files matching pattern ###
Add a single include rule with `--include`.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are
processed in.
Eg `--include *.{png,jpg}` to include all `png` and `jpg` files in the
backup and no others.
This adds an implicit `--exclude *` at the very end of the filter
list. This means you can mix `--include` and `--include-from` with the
other filters (eg `--exclude`) but you must include all the files you
want in the include statement. If this doesn't provide enough
flexibility then you must use `--filter-from`.
### `--include-from` - Read include patterns from file ###
Add include rules from a file.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are
processed in.
Prepare a file like this `include-file.txt`
# a sample include rule file
*.jpg
*.png
file2.avi
Then use as `--include-from include-file.txt`. This will sync all
`jpg`, `png` files and `file2.avi`.
This is useful if you have a lot of rules.
This adds an implicit `--exclude *` at the very end of the filter
list. This means you can mix `--include` and `--include-from` with the
other filters (eg `--exclude`) but you must include all the files you
want in the include statement. If this doesn't provide enough
flexibility then you must use `--filter-from`.
### `--filter` - Add a file-filtering rule ###
This can be used to add a single include or exclude rule. Include
rules start with `+ ` and exclude rules start with `- `. A special
rule called `!` can be used to clear the existing rules.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are
processed in.
Eg `--filter "- *.bak"` to exclude all bak files from the sync.
### `--filter-from` - Read filtering patterns from a file ###
Add include/exclude rules from a file.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are
processed in.
Prepare a file like this `filter-file.txt`
# a sample filter rule file
- secret*.jpg
+ *.jpg
+ *.png
+ file2.avi
- /dir/Trash/**
+ /dir/**
# exclude everything else
- *
Then use as `--filter-from filter-file.txt`. The rules are processed
in the order that they are defined.
This example will include all `jpg` and `png` files, exclude any files
matching `secret*.jpg` and include `file2.avi`. It will also include
everything in the directory `dir` at the root of the sync, except
`dir/Trash` which it will exclude. Everything else will be excluded
from the sync.
### `--files-from` - Read list of source-file names ###
This reads a list of file names from the file passed in and **only**
these files are transferred. The **filtering rules are ignored**
completely if you use this option.
This option can be repeated to read from more than one file. These
are read in the order that they are placed on the command line.
Paths within the `--files-from` file will be interpreted as starting
with the root specified in the command. Leading `/` characters are
ignored.
For example, suppose you had `files-from.txt` with this content:
# comment
file1.jpg
subdir/file2.jpg
You could then use it like this:
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home/me/pics remote:pics
This will transfer these files only (if they exist)
/home/me/pics/file1.jpg → remote:pics/file1.jpg
/home/me/pics/subdir/file2.jpg → remote:pics/subdirfile1.jpg
To take a more complicated example, let's say you had a few files you
want to back up regularly with these absolute paths:
/home/user1/important
/home/user1/dir/file
/home/user2/stuff
To copy these you'd find a common subdirectory - in this case `/home`
and put the remaining files in `files-from.txt` with or without
leading `/`, eg
user1/important
user1/dir/file
user2/stuff
You could then copy these to a remote like this
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home remote:backup
The 3 files will arrive in `remote:backup` with the paths as in the
`files-from.txt` like this:
/home/user1/important → remote:backup/user1/important
/home/user1/dir/file → remote:backup/user1/dir/file
/home/user2/stuff → remote:backup/stuff
You could of course choose `/` as the root too in which case your
`files-from.txt` might look like this.
/home/user1/important
/home/user1/dir/file
/home/user2/stuff
And you would transfer it like this
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt / remote:backup
In this case there will be an extra `home` directory on the remote:
/home/user1/important → remote:home/backup/user1/important
/home/user1/dir/file → remote:home/backup/user1/dir/file
/home/user2/stuff → remote:home/backup/stuff
### `--min-size` - Don't transfer any file smaller than this ###
This option controls the minimum size file which will be transferred.
This defaults to `kBytes` but a suffix of `k`, `M`, or `G` can be
used.
For example `--min-size 50k` means no files smaller than 50kByte will be
transferred.
### `--max-size` - Don't transfer any file larger than this ###
This option controls the maximum size file which will be transferred.
This defaults to `kBytes` but a suffix of `k`, `M`, or `G` can be
used.
For example `--max-size 1G` means no files larger than 1GByte will be
transferred.
### `--max-age` - Don't transfer any file older than this ###
This option controls the maximum age of files to transfer. Give in
seconds or with a suffix of:
* `ms` - Milliseconds
* `s` - Seconds
* `m` - Minutes
* `h` - Hours
* `d` - Days
* `w` - Weeks
* `M` - Months
* `y` - Years
For example `--max-age 2d` means no files older than 2 days will be
transferred.
### `--min-age` - Don't transfer any file younger than this ###
This option controls the minimum age of files to transfer. Give in
seconds or with a suffix (see `--max-age` for list of suffixes)
For example `--min-age 2d` means no files younger than 2 days will be
transferred.
### `--delete-excluded` - Delete files on dest excluded from sync ###
**Important** this flag is dangerous - use with `--dry-run` and `-v` first.
When doing `rclone sync` this will delete any files which are excluded
from the sync on the destination.
If for example you did a sync from `A` to `B` without the `--min-size 50k` flag
rclone sync A: B:
Then you repeated it like this with the `--delete-excluded`
rclone --min-size 50k --delete-excluded sync A: B:
This would delete all files on `B` which are less than 50 kBytes as
these are now excluded from the sync.
Always test first with `--dry-run` and `-v` before using this flag.
### `--dump filters` - dump the filters to the output ###
This dumps the defined filters to the output as regular expressions.
Useful for debugging.
## Quoting shell metacharacters ##
The examples above may not work verbatim in your shell as they have
shell metacharacters in them (eg `*`), and may require quoting.
Eg linux, OSX
* `--include \*.jpg`
* `--include '*.jpg'`
* `--include='*.jpg'`
In Windows the expansion is done by the command not the shell so this
should work fine
* `--include *.jpg`
## Exclude directory based on a file ##
It is possible to exclude a directory based on a file, which is
present in this directory. Filename should be specified using the
`--exclude-if-present` flag. This flag has a priority over the other
filtering flags.
Imagine, you have the following directory structure:
dir1/file1
dir1/dir2/file2
dir1/dir2/dir3/file3
dir1/dir2/dir3/.ignore
You can exclude `dir3` from sync by running the following command:
rclone sync --exclude-if-present .ignore dir1 remote:backup
Currently only one filename is supported, i.e. `--exclude-if-present`
should not be used multiple times.
# Remote controlling rclone #
If rclone is run with the `--rc` flag then it starts an http server
which can be used to remote control rclone.
**NB** this is experimental and everything here is subject to change!
## Supported parameters
#### --rc ####
Flag to start the http server listen on remote requests
#### --rc-addr=IP ####
IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
#### --rc-cert=KEY ####
SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
#### --rc-client-ca=PATH ####
Client certificate authority to verify clients with
#### --rc-htpasswd=PATH ####
htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
#### --rc-key=PATH ####
SSL PEM Private key
#### --rc-max-header-bytes=VALUE ####
Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
#### --rc-user=VALUE ####
User name for authentication.
#### --rc-pass=VALUE ####
Password for authentication.
#### --rc-realm=VALUE ####
Realm for authentication (default "rclone")
#### --rc-server-read-timeout=DURATION ####
Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
#### --rc-server-write-timeout=DURATION ####
Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
## Accessing the remote control via the rclone rc command
Rclone itself implements the remote control protocol in its `rclone
rc` command.
You can use it like this
```
$ rclone rc rc/noop param1=one param2=two
{
"param1": "one",
"param2": "two"
}
```
Run `rclone rc` on its own to see the help for the installed remote
control commands.
## Supported commands
<!--- autogenerated start - run make rcdocs - don't edit here -->
### cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache
Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file.
Params:
- remote = path to remote (required)
- withData = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well (optional)
Eg
rclone rc cache/expire remote=path/to/sub/folder/
rclone rc cache/expire remote=/ withData=true
### cache/fetch: Fetch file chunks
Ensure the specified file chunks are cached on disk.
The chunks= parameter specifies the file chunks to check.
It takes a comma separated list of array slice indices.
The slice indices are similar to Python slices: start[:end]
start is the 0 based chunk number from the beginning of the file
to fetch inclusive. end is 0 based chunk number from the beginning
of the file to fetch exclisive.
Both values can be negative, in which case they count from the back
of the file. The value "-5:" represents the last 5 chunks of a file.
Some valid examples are:
":5,-5:" -> the first and last five chunks
"0,-2" -> the first and the second last chunk
"0:10" -> the first ten chunks
Any parameter with a key that starts with "file" can be used to
specify files to fetch, eg
rclone rc cache/fetch chunks=0 file=hello file2=home/goodbye
File names will automatically be encrypted when the a crypt remote
is used on top of the cache.
### cache/stats: Get cache stats
Show statistics for the cache remote.
### core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit.
This sets the bandwidth limit to that passed in.
Eg
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=off
The format of the parameter is exactly the same as passed to --bwlimit
except only one bandwidth may be specified.
### core/gc: Runs a garbage collection.
This tells the go runtime to do a garbage collection run. It isn't
necessary to call this normally, but it can be useful for debugging
memory problems.
### core/memstats: Returns the memory statistics
This returns the memory statistics of the running program. What the values mean
are explained in the go docs: https://golang.org/pkg/runtime/#MemStats
The most interesting values for most people are:
* HeapAlloc: This is the amount of memory rclone is actually using
* HeapSys: This is the amount of memory rclone has obtained from the OS
* Sys: this is the total amount of memory requested from the OS
* It is virtual memory so may include unused memory
### core/pid: Return PID of current process
This returns PID of current process.
Useful for stopping rclone process.
### core/stats: Returns stats about current transfers.
This returns all available stats
rclone rc core/stats
Returns the following values:
```
{
"speed": average speed in bytes/sec since start of the process,
"bytes": total transferred bytes since the start of the process,
"errors": number of errors,
"fatalError": whether there has been at least one FatalError,
"retryError": whether there has been at least one non-NoRetryError,
"checks": number of checked files,
"transfers": number of transferred files,
"deletes" : number of deleted files,
"elapsedTime": time in seconds since the start of the process,
"lastError": last occurred error,
"transferring": an array of currently active file transfers:
[
{
"bytes": total transferred bytes for this file,
"eta": estimated time in seconds until file transfer completion
"name": name of the file,
"percentage": progress of the file transfer in percent,
"speed": speed in bytes/sec,
"speedAvg": speed in bytes/sec as an exponentially weighted moving average,
"size": size of the file in bytes
}
],
"checking": an array of names of currently active file checks
[]
}
```
Values for "transferring", "checking" and "lastError" are only assigned if data is available.
The value for "eta" is null if an eta cannot be determined.
### rc/error: This returns an error
This returns an error with the input as part of its error string.
Useful for testing error handling.
### rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands
This lists all the registered remote control commands as a JSON map in
the commands response.
### rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters
This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing
purposes. It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to
check that parameter passing is working properly.
### vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache.
This forgets the paths in the directory cache causing them to be
re-read from the remote when needed.
If no paths are passed in then it will forget all the paths in the
directory cache.
rclone rc vfs/forget
Otherwise pass files or dirs in as file=path or dir=path. Any
parameter key starting with file will forget that file and any
starting with dir will forget that dir, eg
rclone rc vfs/forget file=hello file2=goodbye dir=home/junk
### vfs/poll-interval: Get the status or update the value of the poll-interval option.
Without any parameter given this returns the current status of the
poll-interval setting.
When the interval=duration parameter is set, the poll-interval value
is updated and the polling function is notified.
Setting interval=0 disables poll-interval.
rclone rc vfs/poll-interval interval=5m
The timeout=duration parameter can be used to specify a time to wait
for the current poll function to apply the new value.
If timeout is less or equal 0, which is the default, wait indefinitely.
The new poll-interval value will only be active when the timeout is
not reached.
If poll-interval is updated or disabled temporarily, some changes
might not get picked up by the polling function, depending on the
used remote.
### vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache.
This reads the directories for the specified paths and freshens the
directory cache.
If no paths are passed in then it will refresh the root directory.
rclone rc vfs/refresh
Otherwise pass directories in as dir=path. Any parameter key
starting with dir will refresh that directory, eg
rclone rc vfs/refresh dir=home/junk dir2=data/misc
If the parameter recursive=true is given the whole directory tree
will get refreshed. This refresh will use --fast-list if enabled.
<!--- autogenerated stop -->
## Accessing the remote control via HTTP
Rclone implements a simple HTTP based protocol.
Each endpoint takes an JSON object and returns a JSON object or an
error. The JSON objects are essentially a map of string names to
values.
All calls must made using POST.
The input objects can be supplied using URL parameters, POST
parameters or by supplying "Content-Type: application/json" and a JSON
blob in the body. There are examples of these below using `curl`.
The response will be a JSON blob in the body of the response. This is
formatted to be reasonably human readable.
If an error occurs then there will be an HTTP error status (usually
400) and the body of the response will contain a JSON encoded error
object.
The sever implements basic CORS support and allows all origins for that.
The response to a preflight OPTIONS request will echo the requested "Access-Control-Request-Headers" back.
### Using POST with URL parameters only
```
curl -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/?potato=1&sausage=2'
```
Response
```
{
"potato": "1",
"sausage": "2"
}
```
Here is what an error response looks like:
```
curl -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/error/?potato=1&sausage=2'
```
```
{
"error": "arbitrary error on input map[potato:1 sausage:2]",
"input": {
"potato": "1",
"sausage": "2"
}
}
```
Note that curl doesn't return errors to the shell unless you use the `-f` option
```
$ curl -f -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/error/?potato=1&sausage=2'
curl: (22) The requested URL returned error: 400 Bad Request
$ echo $?
22
```
### Using POST with a form
```
curl --data "potato=1" --data "sausage=2" http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/
```
Response
```
{
"potato": "1",
"sausage": "2"
}
```
Note that you can combine these with URL parameters too with the POST
parameters taking precedence.
```
curl --data "potato=1" --data "sausage=2" "http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/?rutabaga=3&sausage=4"
```
Response
```
{
"potato": "1",
"rutabaga": "3",
"sausage": "4"
}
```
### Using POST with a JSON blob
```
curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d '{"potato":2,"sausage":1}' http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/
```
response
```
{
"password": "xyz",
"username": "xyz"
}
```
This can be combined with URL parameters too if required. The JSON
blob takes precedence.
```
curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d '{"potato":2,"sausage":1}' 'http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/?rutabaga=3&potato=4'
```
```
{
"potato": 2,
"rutabaga": "3",
"sausage": 1
}
```
## Debugging rclone with pprof ##
If you use the `--rc` flag this will also enable the use of the go
profiling tools on the same port.
To use these, first [install go](https://golang.org/doc/install).
Then (for example) to profile rclone's memory use you can run:
go tool pprof -web http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap
This should open a page in your browser showing what is using what
memory.
You can also use the `-text` flag to produce a textual summary
```
$ go tool pprof -text http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap
Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
flat flat% sum% cum cum%
1024.03kB 66.62% 66.62% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/ncw/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.addDecoderNode
513kB 33.38% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.newBufioWriterSize
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/all.init
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/serve.init
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/serve/restic.init
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/ncw/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2.init
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/ncw/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.init
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/ncw/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.init.0
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% main.init
0 0% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.(*conn).readRequest
0 0% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.(*conn).serve
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% runtime.main
```
Possible profiles to look at:
* Memory: `go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap`
* 30-second CPU profile: `go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/profile`
* 5-second execution trace: `wget http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/trace?seconds=5`
See the [net/http/pprof docs](https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/pprof/)
for more info on how to use the profiling and for a general overview
see [the Go team's blog post on profiling go programs](https://blog.golang.org/profiling-go-programs).
The profiling hook is [zero overhead unless it is used](https://stackoverflow.com/q/26545159/164234).
# Overview of cloud storage systems #
Each cloud storage system is slightly different. Rclone attempts to
provide a unified interface to them, but some underlying differences
show through.
## Features ##
Here is an overview of the major features of each cloud storage system.
| Name | Hash | ModTime | Case Insensitive | Duplicate Files | MIME Type |
| ---------------------------- |:-----------:|:-------:|:----------------:|:---------------:|:---------:|
| Amazon Drive | MD5 | No | Yes | No | R |
| Amazon S3 | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
| Backblaze B2 | SHA1 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
| Box | SHA1 | Yes | Yes | No | - |
| Dropbox | DBHASH † | Yes | Yes | No | - |
| FTP | - | No | No | No | - |
| Google Cloud Storage | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
| Google Drive | MD5 | Yes | No | Yes | R/W |
| HTTP | - | No | No | No | R |
| Hubic | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
| Jottacloud | MD5 | Yes | Yes | No | R/W |
| Mega | - | No | No | Yes | - |
| Microsoft Azure Blob Storage | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
| Microsoft OneDrive | SHA1 ‡‡ | Yes | Yes | No | R |
| OpenDrive | MD5 | Yes | Yes | No | - |
| Openstack Swift | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
| pCloud | MD5, SHA1 | Yes | No | No | W |
| QingStor | MD5 | No | No | No | R/W |
| SFTP | MD5, SHA1 ‡ | Yes | Depends | No | - |
| WebDAV | - | Yes †† | Depends | No | - |
| Yandex Disk | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
| The local filesystem | All | Yes | Depends | No | - |
### Hash ###
The cloud storage system supports various hash types of the objects.
The hashes are used when transferring data as an integrity check and
can be specifically used with the `--checksum` flag in syncs and in
the `check` command.
To use the verify checksums when transferring between cloud storage
systems they must support a common hash type.
† Note that Dropbox supports [its own custom
hash](https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash).
This is an SHA256 sum of all the 4MB block SHA256s.
‡ SFTP supports checksums if the same login has shell access and `md5sum`
or `sha1sum` as well as `echo` are in the remote's PATH.
†† WebDAV supports modtimes when used with Owncloud and Nextcloud only.
‡‡ Microsoft OneDrive Personal supports SHA1 hashes, whereas OneDrive
for business and SharePoint server support Microsoft's own
[QuickXorHash](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/onedrive/developer/code-snippets/quickxorhash).
### ModTime ###
The cloud storage system supports setting modification times on
objects. If it does then this enables a using the modification times
as part of the sync. If not then only the size will be checked by
default, though the MD5SUM can be checked with the `--checksum` flag.
All cloud storage systems support some kind of date on the object and
these will be set when transferring from the cloud storage system.
### Case Insensitive ###
If a cloud storage systems is case sensitive then it is possible to
have two files which differ only in case, eg `file.txt` and
`FILE.txt`. If a cloud storage system is case insensitive then that
isn't possible.
This can cause problems when syncing between a case insensitive
system and a case sensitive system. The symptom of this is that no
matter how many times you run the sync it never completes fully.
The local filesystem and SFTP may or may not be case sensitive
depending on OS.
* Windows - usually case insensitive, though case is preserved
* OSX - usually case insensitive, though it is possible to format case sensitive
* Linux - usually case sensitive, but there are case insensitive file systems (eg FAT formatted USB keys)
Most of the time this doesn't cause any problems as people tend to
avoid files whose name differs only by case even on case sensitive
systems.
### Duplicate files ###
If a cloud storage system allows duplicate files then it can have two
objects with the same name.
This confuses rclone greatly when syncing - use the `rclone dedupe`
command to rename or remove duplicates.
### MIME Type ###
MIME types (also known as media types) classify types of documents
using a simple text classification, eg `text/html` or
`application/pdf`.
Some cloud storage systems support reading (`R`) the MIME type of
objects and some support writing (`W`) the MIME type of objects.
The MIME type can be important if you are serving files directly to
HTTP from the storage system.
If you are copying from a remote which supports reading (`R`) to a
remote which supports writing (`W`) then rclone will preserve the MIME
types. Otherwise they will be guessed from the extension, or the
remote itself may assign the MIME type.
## Optional Features ##
All the remotes support a basic set of features, but there are some
optional features supported by some remotes used to make some
operations more efficient.
| Name | Purge | Copy | Move | DirMove | CleanUp | ListR | StreamUpload | LinkSharing | About |
| ---------------------------- |:-----:|:----:|:----:|:-------:|:-------:|:-----:|:------------:|:------------:|:-----:|
| Amazon Drive | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | No [#575](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/575) | No | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
| Amazon S3 | No | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
| Backblaze B2 | No | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
| Box | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No [#575](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/575) | No | Yes | Yes | No |
| Dropbox | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No [#575](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/575) | No | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| FTP | No | No | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
| Google Cloud Storage | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
| Google Drive | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| HTTP | No | No | No | No | No | No | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
| Hubic | Yes † | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes |
| Jottacloud | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | No | Yes | Yes |
| Mega | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes |
| Microsoft Azure Blob Storage | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
| Microsoft OneDrive | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No [#575](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/575) | No | No | Yes | Yes |
| OpenDrive | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | No | No |
| Openstack Swift | Yes † | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes |
| pCloud | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes |
| QingStor | No | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
| SFTP | No | No | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
| WebDAV | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes ‡ | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
| Yandex Disk | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2178) | No |
| The local filesystem | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes | No | Yes |
### Purge ###
This deletes a directory quicker than just deleting all the files in
the directory.
† Note Swift and Hubic implement this in order to delete directory
markers but they don't actually have a quicker way of deleting files
other than deleting them individually.
‡ StreamUpload is not supported with Nextcloud
### Copy ###
Used when copying an object to and from the same remote. This known
as a server side copy so you can copy a file without downloading it
and uploading it again. It is used if you use `rclone copy` or
`rclone move` if the remote doesn't support `Move` directly.
If the server doesn't support `Copy` directly then for copy operations
the file is downloaded then re-uploaded.
### Move ###
Used when moving/renaming an object on the same remote. This is known
as a server side move of a file. This is used in `rclone move` if the
server doesn't support `DirMove`.
If the server isn't capable of `Move` then rclone simulates it with
`Copy` then delete. If the server doesn't support `Copy` then rclone
will download the file and re-upload it.
### DirMove ###
This is used to implement `rclone move` to move a directory if
possible. If it isn't then it will use `Move` on each file (which
falls back to `Copy` then download and upload - see `Move` section).
### CleanUp ###
This is used for emptying the trash for a remote by `rclone cleanup`.
If the server can't do `CleanUp` then `rclone cleanup` will return an
error.
### ListR ###
The remote supports a recursive list to list all the contents beneath
a directory quickly. This enables the `--fast-list` flag to work.
See the [rclone docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
### StreamUpload ###
Some remotes allow files to be uploaded without knowing the file size
in advance. This allows certain operations to work without spooling the
file to local disk first, e.g. `rclone rcat`.
### LinkSharing ###
Sets the necessary permissions on a file or folder and prints a link
that allows others to access them, even if they don't have an account
on the particular cloud provider.
### About ###
This is used to fetch quota information from the remote, like bytes
used/free/quota and bytes used in the trash.
If the server can't do `About` then `rclone about` will return an
error.
Alias
-----------------------------------------
The `alias` remote provides a new name for another remote.
Paths may be as deep as required or a local path,
eg `remote:directory/subdirectory` or `/directory/subdirectory`.
During the initial setup with `rclone config` you will specify the target
remote. The target remote can either be a local path or another remote.
Subfolders can be used in target remote. Asume a alias remote named `backup`
with the target `mydrive:private/backup`. Invoking `rclone mkdir backup:desktop`
is exactly the same as invoking `rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/desktop`.
There will be no special handling of paths containing `..` segments.
Invoking `rclone mkdir backup:../desktop` is exactly the same as invoking
`rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/../desktop`.
The empty path is not allowed as a remote. To alias the current directory
use `.` instead.
Here is an example of how to make a alias called `remote` for local folder.
First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Alias for a existing remote
\ "alias"
2 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
3 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
4 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
5 / Box
\ "box"
6 / Cache a remote
\ "cache"
7 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
8 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
9 / FTP Connection
\ "ftp"
10 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
11 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
12 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
13 / Local Disk
\ "local"
14 / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
\ "azureblob"
15 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
16 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
17 / Pcloud
\ "pcloud"
18 / QingCloud Object Storage
\ "qingstor"
19 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
20 / Webdav
\ "webdav"
21 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
22 / http Connection
\ "http"
Storage> 1
Remote or path to alias.
Can be "myremote:path/to/dir", "myremote:bucket", "myremote:" or "/local/path".
remote> /mnt/storage/backup
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
remote = /mnt/storage/backup
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:
Name Type
==== ====
remote alias
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
```
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List directories in top level in `/mnt/storage/backup`
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in `/mnt/storage/backup`
rclone ls remote:
Copy another local directory to the alias directory called source
rclone copy /home/source remote:source
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/alias/alias.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to alias (Alias for a existing remote).
#### --alias-remote
Remote or path to alias.
Can be "myremote:path/to/dir", "myremote:bucket", "myremote:" or "/local/path".
- Config: remote
- Env Var: RCLONE_ALIAS_REMOTE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
Amazon Drive
-----------------------------------------
Amazon Drive, formerly known as Amazon Cloud Drive, is a cloud storage
service run by Amazon for consumers.
## Status
**Important:** rclone supports Amazon Drive only if you have your own
set of API keys. Unfortunately the [Amazon Drive developer
program](https://developer.amazon.com/amazon-drive) is now closed to
new entries so if you don't already have your own set of keys you will
not be able to use rclone with Amazon Drive.
For the history on why rclone no longer has a set of Amazon Drive API
keys see [the forum](https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-has-been-banned-from-amazon-drive/2314).
If you happen to know anyone who works at Amazon then please ask them
to re-instate rclone into the Amazon Drive developer program - thanks!
## Setup
The initial setup for Amazon Drive involves getting a token from
Amazon which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks
you through it.
The configuration process for Amazon Drive may involve using an [oauth
proxy](https://github.com/ncw/oauthproxy). This is used to keep the
Amazon credentials out of the source code. The proxy runs in Google's
very secure App Engine environment and doesn't store any credentials
which pass through it.
Since rclone doesn't currently have its own Amazon Drive credentials
so you will either need to have your own `client_id` and
`client_secret` with Amazon Drive, or use a a third party ouath proxy
in which case you will need to enter `client_id`, `client_secret`,
`auth_url` and `token_url`.
Note also if you are not using Amazon's `auth_url` and `token_url`,
(ie you filled in something for those) then if setting up on a remote
machine you can only use the [copying the config method of
configuration](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/#configuring-by-copying-the-config-file)
- `rclone authorize` will not work.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/r/c/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
6 / FTP Connection
\ "ftp"
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
8 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
9 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
10 / Local Disk
\ "local"
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
13 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
14 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
Storage> 1
Amazon Application Client Id - required.
client_id> your client ID goes here
Amazon Application Client Secret - required.
client_secret> your client secret goes here
Auth server URL - leave blank to use Amazon's.
auth_url> Optional auth URL
Token server url - leave blank to use Amazon's.
token_url> Optional token URL
Remote config
Make sure your Redirect URL is set to "http://127.0.0.1:53682/" in your custom config.
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id = your client ID goes here
client_secret = your client secret goes here
auth_url = Optional auth URL
token_url = Optional token URL
token = {"access_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","expiry":"2015-09-06T16:07:39.658438471+01:00"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Amazon. This only runs from the moment it
opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification
code. This is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this it may require
you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List directories in top level of your Amazon Drive
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your Amazon Drive
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an Amazon Drive directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### Modified time and MD5SUMs ###
Amazon Drive doesn't allow modification times to be changed via
the API so these won't be accurate or used for syncing.
It does store MD5SUMs so for a more accurate sync, you can use the
`--checksum` flag.
### Deleting files ###
Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Amazon
don't provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the
trash, so you will have to do that with one of Amazon's apps or via
the Amazon Drive website. As of November 17, 2016, files are
automatically deleted by Amazon from the trash after 30 days.
### Using with non `.com` Amazon accounts ###
Let's say you usually use `amazon.co.uk`. When you authenticate with
rclone it will take you to an `amazon.com` page to log in. Your
`amazon.co.uk` email and password should work here just fine.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/amazonclouddrive/amazonclouddrive.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to amazon cloud drive (Amazon Drive).
#### --acd-client-id
Amazon Application Client ID.
- Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --acd-client-secret
Amazon Application Client Secret.
- Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string
- Default: ""
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to amazon cloud drive (Amazon Drive).
#### --acd-auth-url
Auth server URL.
Leave blank to use Amazon's.
- Config: auth_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_AUTH_URL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --acd-token-url
Token server url.
leave blank to use Amazon's.
- Config: token_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_TOKEN_URL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --acd-checkpoint
Checkpoint for internal polling (debug).
- Config: checkpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CHECKPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --acd-upload-wait-per-gb
Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears.
Sometimes Amazon Drive gives an error when a file has been fully
uploaded but the file appears anyway after a little while. This
happens sometimes for files over 1GB in size and nearly every time for
files bigger than 10GB. This parameter controls the time rclone waits
for the file to appear.
The default value for this parameter is 3 minutes per GB, so by
default it will wait 3 minutes for every GB uploaded to see if the
file appears.
You can disable this feature by setting it to 0. This may cause
conflict errors as rclone retries the failed upload but the file will
most likely appear correctly eventually.
These values were determined empirically by observing lots of uploads
of big files for a range of file sizes.
Upload with the "-v" flag to see more info about what rclone is doing
in this situation.
- Config: upload_wait_per_gb
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_UPLOAD_WAIT_PER_GB
- Type: Duration
- Default: 3m0s
#### --acd-templink-threshold
Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink.
Files this size or more will be downloaded via their "tempLink". This
is to work around a problem with Amazon Drive which blocks downloads
of files bigger than about 10GB. The default for this is 9GB which
shouldn't need to be changed.
To download files above this threshold, rclone requests a "tempLink"
which downloads the file through a temporary URL directly from the
underlying S3 storage.
- Config: templink_threshold
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_TEMPLINK_THRESHOLD
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 9G
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
Note that Amazon Drive is case insensitive so you can't have a
file called "Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
Amazon Drive has rate limiting so you may notice errors in the
sync (429 errors). rclone will automatically retry the sync up to 3
times by default (see `--retries` flag) which should hopefully work
around this problem.
Amazon Drive has an internal limit of file sizes that can be uploaded
to the service. This limit is not officially published, but all files
larger than this will fail.
At the time of writing (Jan 2016) is in the area of 50GB per file.
This means that larger files are likely to fail.
Unfortunately there is no way for rclone to see that this failure is
because of file size, so it will retry the operation, as any other
failure. To avoid this problem, use `--max-size 50000M` option to limit
the maximum size of uploaded files. Note that `--max-size` does not split
files into segments, it only ignores files over this size.
Amazon S3 Storage Providers
--------------------------------------------------------
The S3 backend can be used with a number of different providers:
* AWS S3
* Ceph
* DigitalOcean Spaces
* Dreamhost
* IBM COS S3
* Minio
* Wasabi
Paths are specified as `remote:bucket` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:bucket/path/to/dir`.
Once you have made a remote (see the provider specific section above)
you can use it like this:
See all buckets
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new bucket
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
List the contents of a bucket
rclone ls remote:bucket
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote bucket, deleting any excess
files in the bucket.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
## AWS S3 {#amazon-s3}
Here is an example of making an s3 configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Alias for a existing remote
\ "alias"
2 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
3 / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers (AWS, Ceph, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio)
\ "s3"
4 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
[snip]
23 / http Connection
\ "http"
Storage> s3
Choose your S3 provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3
\ "AWS"
2 / Ceph Object Storage
\ "Ceph"
3 / Digital Ocean Spaces
\ "DigitalOcean"
4 / Dreamhost DreamObjects
\ "Dreamhost"
5 / IBM COS S3
\ "IBMCOS"
6 / Minio Object Storage
\ "Minio"
7 / Wasabi Object Storage
\ "Wasabi"
8 / Any other S3 compatible provider
\ "Other"
provider> 1
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
\ "false"
2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
\ "true"
env_auth> 1
AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> XXX
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> YYY
Region to connect to.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
/ The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
1 | US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
| Leave location constraint empty.
\ "us-east-1"
/ US East (Ohio) Region
2 | Needs location constraint us-east-2.
\ "us-east-2"
/ US West (Oregon) Region
3 | Needs location constraint us-west-2.
\ "us-west-2"
/ US West (Northern California) Region
4 | Needs location constraint us-west-1.
\ "us-west-1"
/ Canada (Central) Region
5 | Needs location constraint ca-central-1.
\ "ca-central-1"
/ EU (Ireland) Region
6 | Needs location constraint EU or eu-west-1.
\ "eu-west-1"
/ EU (London) Region
7 | Needs location constraint eu-west-2.
\ "eu-west-2"
/ EU (Frankfurt) Region
8 | Needs location constraint eu-central-1.
\ "eu-central-1"
/ Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region
9 | Needs location constraint ap-southeast-1.
\ "ap-southeast-1"
/ Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region
10 | Needs location constraint ap-southeast-2.
\ "ap-southeast-2"
/ Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region
11 | Needs location constraint ap-northeast-1.
\ "ap-northeast-1"
/ Asia Pacific (Seoul)
12 | Needs location constraint ap-northeast-2.
\ "ap-northeast-2"
/ Asia Pacific (Mumbai)
13 | Needs location constraint ap-south-1.
\ "ap-south-1"
/ South America (Sao Paulo) Region
14 | Needs location constraint sa-east-1.
\ "sa-east-1"
region> 1
Endpoint for S3 API.
Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
endpoint>
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
\ ""
2 / US East (Ohio) Region.
\ "us-east-2"
3 / US West (Oregon) Region.
\ "us-west-2"
4 / US West (Northern California) Region.
\ "us-west-1"
5 / Canada (Central) Region.
\ "ca-central-1"
6 / EU (Ireland) Region.
\ "eu-west-1"
7 / EU (London) Region.
\ "eu-west-2"
8 / EU Region.
\ "EU"
9 / Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region.
\ "ap-southeast-1"
10 / Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region.
\ "ap-southeast-2"
11 / Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region.
\ "ap-northeast-1"
12 / Asia Pacific (Seoul)
\ "ap-northeast-2"
13 / Asia Pacific (Mumbai)
\ "ap-south-1"
14 / South America (Sao Paulo) Region.
\ "sa-east-1"
location_constraint> 1
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
\ "private"
2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access.
\ "public-read"
/ Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
3 | Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
\ "public-read-write"
4 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
\ "authenticated-read"
/ Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL. Bucket owner gets READ access.
5 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
\ "bucket-owner-read"
/ Both the object owner and the bucket owner get FULL_CONTROL over the object.
6 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
\ "bucket-owner-full-control"
acl> 1
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / None
\ ""
2 / AES256
\ "AES256"
server_side_encryption> 1
The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Default
\ ""
2 / Standard storage class
\ "STANDARD"
3 / Reduced redundancy storage class
\ "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
4 / Standard Infrequent Access storage class
\ "STANDARD_IA"
5 / One Zone Infrequent Access storage class
\ "ONEZONE_IA"
storage_class> 1
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = s3
provider = AWS
env_auth = false
access_key_id = XXX
secret_access_key = YYY
region = us-east-1
endpoint =
location_constraint =
acl = private
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d>
```
### --fast-list ###
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
### --update and --use-server-modtime ###
As noted below, the modified time is stored on metadata on the object. It is
used by default for all operations that require checking the time a file was
last updated. It allows rclone to treat the remote more like a true filesystem,
but it is inefficient because it requires an extra API call to retrieve the
metadata.
For many operations, the time the object was last uploaded to the remote is
sufficient to determine if it is "dirty". By using `--update` along with
`--use-server-modtime`, you can avoid the extra API call and simply upload
files whose local modtime is newer than the time it was last uploaded.
### Modified time ###
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
`X-Amz-Meta-Mtime` as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.
### Multipart uploads ###
rclone supports multipart uploads with S3 which means that it can
upload files bigger than 5GB. Note that files uploaded *both* with
multipart upload *and* through crypt remotes do not have MD5 sums.
### Buckets and Regions ###
With Amazon S3 you can list buckets (`rclone lsd`) using any region,
but you can only access the content of a bucket from the region it was
created in. If you attempt to access a bucket from the wrong region,
you will get an error, `incorrect region, the bucket is not in 'XXX'
region`.
### Authentication ###
There are a number of ways to supply `rclone` with a set of AWS
credentials, with and without using the environment.
The different authentication methods are tried in this order:
- Directly in the rclone configuration file (`env_auth = false` in the config file):
- `access_key_id` and `secret_access_key` are required.
- `session_token` can be optionally set when using AWS STS.
- Runtime configuration (`env_auth = true` in the config file):
- Export the following environment variables before running `rclone`:
- Access Key ID: `AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID` or `AWS_ACCESS_KEY`
- Secret Access Key: `AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY` or `AWS_SECRET_KEY`
- Session Token: `AWS_SESSION_TOKEN` (optional)
- Or, use a [named profile](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-multiple-profiles.html):
- Profile files are standard files used by AWS CLI tools
- By default it will use the profile in your home directory (eg `~/.aws/credentials` on unix based systems) file and the "default" profile, to change set these environment variables:
- `AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE` to control which file.
- `AWS_PROFILE` to control which profile to use.
- Or, run `rclone` in an ECS task with an IAM role (AWS only).
- Or, run `rclone` on an EC2 instance with an IAM role (AWS only).
If none of these option actually end up providing `rclone` with AWS
credentials then S3 interaction will be non-authenticated (see below).
### S3 Permissions ###
When using the `sync` subcommand of `rclone` the following minimum
permissions are required to be available on the bucket being written to:
* `ListBucket`
* `DeleteObject`
* `GetObject`
* `PutObject`
* `PutObjectACL`
Example policy:
```
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Principal": {
"AWS": "arn:aws:iam::USER_SID:user/USER_NAME"
},
"Action": [
"s3:ListBucket",
"s3:DeleteObject",
"s3:GetObject",
"s3:PutObject",
"s3:PutObjectAcl"
],
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:s3:::BUCKET_NAME/*",
"arn:aws:s3:::BUCKET_NAME"
]
}
]
}
```
Notes on above:
1. This is a policy that can be used when creating bucket. It assumes
that `USER_NAME` has been created.
2. The Resource entry must include both resource ARNs, as one implies
the bucket and the other implies the bucket's objects.
For reference, [here's an Ansible script](https://gist.github.com/ebridges/ebfc9042dd7c756cd101cfa807b7ae2b)
that will generate one or more buckets that will work with `rclone sync`.
### Key Management System (KMS) ###
If you are using server side encryption with KMS then you will find
you can't transfer small objects. As a work-around you can use the
`--ignore-checksum` flag.
A proper fix is being worked on in [issue #1824](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1824).
### Glacier ###
You can transition objects to glacier storage using a [lifecycle policy](http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/create-lifecycle.html).
The bucket can still be synced or copied into normally, but if rclone
tries to access the data you will see an error like below.
2017/09/11 19:07:43 Failed to sync: failed to open source object: Object in GLACIER, restore first: path/to/file
In this case you need to [restore](http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/restore-archived-objects.html)
the object(s) in question before using rclone.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/s3/s3.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers (AWS, Ceph, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio)).
#### --s3-provider
Choose your S3 provider.
- Config: provider
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_PROVIDER
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "AWS"
- Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3
- "Ceph"
- Ceph Object Storage
- "DigitalOcean"
- Digital Ocean Spaces
- "Dreamhost"
- Dreamhost DreamObjects
- "IBMCOS"
- IBM COS S3
- "Minio"
- Minio Object Storage
- "Wasabi"
- Wasabi Object Storage
- "Other"
- Any other S3 compatible provider
#### --s3-env-auth
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
- Config: env_auth
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENV_AUTH
- Type: bool
- Default: false
- Examples:
- "false"
- Enter AWS credentials in the next step
- "true"
- Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
#### --s3-access-key-id
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
- Config: access_key_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ACCESS_KEY_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --s3-secret-access-key
AWS Secret Access Key (password)
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
- Config: secret_access_key
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --s3-region
Region to connect to.
- Config: region
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "us-east-1"
- The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
- US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
- Leave location constraint empty.
- "us-east-2"
- US East (Ohio) Region
- Needs location constraint us-east-2.
- "us-west-2"
- US West (Oregon) Region
- Needs location constraint us-west-2.
- "us-west-1"
- US West (Northern California) Region
- Needs location constraint us-west-1.
- "ca-central-1"
- Canada (Central) Region
- Needs location constraint ca-central-1.
- "eu-west-1"
- EU (Ireland) Region
- Needs location constraint EU or eu-west-1.
- "eu-west-2"
- EU (London) Region
- Needs location constraint eu-west-2.
- "eu-central-1"
- EU (Frankfurt) Region
- Needs location constraint eu-central-1.
- "ap-southeast-1"
- Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region
- Needs location constraint ap-southeast-1.
- "ap-southeast-2"
- Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region
- Needs location constraint ap-southeast-2.
- "ap-northeast-1"
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region
- Needs location constraint ap-northeast-1.
- "ap-northeast-2"
- Asia Pacific (Seoul)
- Needs location constraint ap-northeast-2.
- "ap-south-1"
- Asia Pacific (Mumbai)
- Needs location constraint ap-south-1.
- "sa-east-1"
- South America (Sao Paulo) Region
- Needs location constraint sa-east-1.
#### --s3-region
Region to connect to.
Leave blank if you are using an S3 clone and you don't have a region.
- Config: region
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- Use this if unsure. Will use v4 signatures and an empty region.
- "other-v2-signature"
- Use this only if v4 signatures don't work, eg pre Jewel/v10 CEPH.
#### --s3-endpoint
Endpoint for S3 API.
Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
- Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --s3-endpoint
Endpoint for IBM COS S3 API.
Specify if using an IBM COS On Premise.
- Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- US Cross Region Endpoint
- "s3-api.dal.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- US Cross Region Dallas Endpoint
- "s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- US Cross Region Washington DC Endpoint
- "s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- US Cross Region San Jose Endpoint
- "s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- US Cross Region Private Endpoint
- "s3-api.dal-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- US Cross Region Dallas Private Endpoint
- "s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- US Cross Region Washington DC Private Endpoint
- "s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- US Cross Region San Jose Private Endpoint
- "s3.us-east.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- US Region East Endpoint
- "s3.us-east.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- US Region East Private Endpoint
- "s3.us-south.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- US Region South Endpoint
- "s3.us-south.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- US Region South Private Endpoint
- "s3.eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- EU Cross Region Endpoint
- "s3.fra-eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- EU Cross Region Frankfurt Endpoint
- "s3.mil-eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- EU Cross Region Milan Endpoint
- "s3.ams-eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- EU Cross Region Amsterdam Endpoint
- "s3.eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- EU Cross Region Private Endpoint
- "s3.fra-eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- EU Cross Region Frankfurt Private Endpoint
- "s3.mil-eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- EU Cross Region Milan Private Endpoint
- "s3.ams-eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- EU Cross Region Amsterdam Private Endpoint
- "s3.eu-gb.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- Great Britan Endpoint
- "s3.eu-gb.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- Great Britan Private Endpoint
- "s3.ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- APAC Cross Regional Endpoint
- "s3.tok-ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- APAC Cross Regional Tokyo Endpoint
- "s3.hkg-ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- APAC Cross Regional HongKong Endpoint
- "s3.seo-ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- APAC Cross Regional Seoul Endpoint
- "s3.ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- APAC Cross Regional Private Endpoint
- "s3.tok-ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- APAC Cross Regional Tokyo Private Endpoint
- "s3.hkg-ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- APAC Cross Regional HongKong Private Endpoint
- "s3.seo-ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- APAC Cross Regional Seoul Private Endpoint
- "s3.mel01.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- Melbourne Single Site Endpoint
- "s3.mel01.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- Melbourne Single Site Private Endpoint
- "s3.tor01.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- Toronto Single Site Endpoint
- "s3.tor01.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- Toronto Single Site Private Endpoint
#### --s3-endpoint
Endpoint for S3 API.
Required when using an S3 clone.
- Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "objects-us-west-1.dream.io"
- Dream Objects endpoint
- "nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com"
- Digital Ocean Spaces New York 3
- "ams3.digitaloceanspaces.com"
- Digital Ocean Spaces Amsterdam 3
- "sgp1.digitaloceanspaces.com"
- Digital Ocean Spaces Singapore 1
- "s3.wasabisys.com"
- Wasabi Object Storage
#### --s3-location-constraint
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
Used when creating buckets only.
- Config: location_constraint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
- "us-east-2"
- US East (Ohio) Region.
- "us-west-2"
- US West (Oregon) Region.
- "us-west-1"
- US West (Northern California) Region.
- "ca-central-1"
- Canada (Central) Region.
- "eu-west-1"
- EU (Ireland) Region.
- "eu-west-2"
- EU (London) Region.
- "EU"
- EU Region.
- "ap-southeast-1"
- Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region.
- "ap-southeast-2"
- Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region.
- "ap-northeast-1"
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region.
- "ap-northeast-2"
- Asia Pacific (Seoul)
- "ap-south-1"
- Asia Pacific (Mumbai)
- "sa-east-1"
- South America (Sao Paulo) Region.
#### --s3-location-constraint
Location constraint - must match endpoint when using IBM Cloud Public.
For on-prem COS, do not make a selection from this list, hit enter
- Config: location_constraint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "us-standard"
- US Cross Region Standard
- "us-vault"
- US Cross Region Vault
- "us-cold"
- US Cross Region Cold
- "us-flex"
- US Cross Region Flex
- "us-east-standard"
- US East Region Standard
- "us-east-vault"
- US East Region Vault
- "us-east-cold"
- US East Region Cold
- "us-east-flex"
- US East Region Flex
- "us-south-standard"
- US Sout hRegion Standard
- "us-south-vault"
- US South Region Vault
- "us-south-cold"
- US South Region Cold
- "us-south-flex"
- US South Region Flex
- "eu-standard"
- EU Cross Region Standard
- "eu-vault"
- EU Cross Region Vault
- "eu-cold"
- EU Cross Region Cold
- "eu-flex"
- EU Cross Region Flex
- "eu-gb-standard"
- Great Britan Standard
- "eu-gb-vault"
- Great Britan Vault
- "eu-gb-cold"
- Great Britan Cold
- "eu-gb-flex"
- Great Britan Flex
- "ap-standard"
- APAC Standard
- "ap-vault"
- APAC Vault
- "ap-cold"
- APAC Cold
- "ap-flex"
- APAC Flex
- "mel01-standard"
- Melbourne Standard
- "mel01-vault"
- Melbourne Vault
- "mel01-cold"
- Melbourne Cold
- "mel01-flex"
- Melbourne Flex
- "tor01-standard"
- Toronto Standard
- "tor01-vault"
- Toronto Vault
- "tor01-cold"
- Toronto Cold
- "tor01-flex"
- Toronto Flex
#### --s3-location-constraint
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
Leave blank if not sure. Used when creating buckets only.
- Config: location_constraint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --s3-acl
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
- Config: acl
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ACL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "private"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
- "public-read"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access.
- "public-read-write"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
- Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
- "authenticated-read"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
- "bucket-owner-read"
- Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL. Bucket owner gets READ access.
- If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
- "bucket-owner-full-control"
- Both the object owner and the bucket owner get FULL_CONTROL over the object.
- If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
- "private"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise COS
- "public-read"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise IBM COS
- "public-read-write"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), On-Premise IBM COS
- "authenticated-read"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access. Not supported on Buckets. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra) and On-Premise IBM COS
#### --s3-server-side-encryption
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
- Config: server_side_encryption
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- None
- "AES256"
- AES256
- "aws:kms"
- aws:kms
#### --s3-sse-kms-key-id
If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
- Config: sse_kms_key_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_KMS_KEY_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- None
- "arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:*"
- arn:aws:kms:*
#### --s3-storage-class
The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
- Config: storage_class
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- Default
- "STANDARD"
- Standard storage class
- "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
- Reduced redundancy storage class
- "STANDARD_IA"
- Standard Infrequent Access storage class
- "ONEZONE_IA"
- One Zone Infrequent Access storage class
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers (AWS, Ceph, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio)).
#### --s3-chunk-size
Chunk size to use for uploading.
Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of this
size. The default is 5MB. The minimum is 5MB.
Note that "--s3-upload-concurrency" chunks of this size are buffered
in memory per transfer.
If you are transferring large files over high speed links and you have
enough memory, then increasing this will speed up the transfers.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 5M
#### --s3-disable-checksum
Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
- Config: disable_checksum
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --s3-session-token
An AWS session token
- Config: session_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SESSION_TOKEN
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --s3-upload-concurrency
Concurrency for multipart uploads.
This is the number of chunks of the same file that are uploaded
concurrently.
If you are uploading small numbers of large file over high speed link
and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing
this may help to speed up the transfers.
- Config: upload_concurrency
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY
- Type: int
- Default: 2
#### --s3-force-path-style
If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style.
If this is true (the default) then rclone will use path style access,
if false then rclone will use virtual path style. See [the AWS S3
docs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro)
for more info.
Some providers (eg Aliyun OSS or Netease COS) require this set to false.
- Config: force_path_style
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_FORCE_PATH_STYLE
- Type: bool
- Default: true
#### --s3-v2-auth
If true use v2 authentication.
If this is false (the default) then rclone will use v4 authentication.
If it is set then rclone will use v2 authentication.
Use this only if v4 signatures don't work, eg pre Jewel/v10 CEPH.
- Config: v2_auth
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_V2_AUTH
- Type: bool
- Default: false
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Anonymous access to public buckets ###
If you want to use rclone to access a public bucket, configure with a
blank `access_key_id` and `secret_access_key`. Your config should end
up looking like this:
```
[anons3]
type = s3
provider = AWS
env_auth = false
access_key_id =
secret_access_key =
region = us-east-1
endpoint =
location_constraint =
acl = private
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
```
Then use it as normal with the name of the public bucket, eg
rclone lsd anons3:1000genomes
You will be able to list and copy data but not upload it.
### Ceph ###
[Ceph](https://ceph.com/) is an open source unified, distributed
storage system designed for excellent performance, reliability and
scalability. It has an S3 compatible object storage interface.
To use rclone with Ceph, configure as above but leave the region blank
and set the endpoint. You should end up with something like this in
your config:
```
[ceph]
type = s3
provider = Ceph
env_auth = false
access_key_id = XXX
secret_access_key = YYY
region =
endpoint = https://ceph.endpoint.example.com
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
```
Note also that Ceph sometimes puts `/` in the passwords it gives
users. If you read the secret access key using the command line tools
you will get a JSON blob with the `/` escaped as `\/`. Make sure you
only write `/` in the secret access key.
Eg the dump from Ceph looks something like this (irrelevant keys
removed).
```
{
"user_id": "xxx",
"display_name": "xxxx",
"keys": [
{
"user": "xxx",
"access_key": "xxxxxx",
"secret_key": "xxxxxx\/xxxx"
}
],
}
```
Because this is a json dump, it is encoding the `/` as `\/`, so if you
use the secret key as `xxxxxx/xxxx` it will work fine.
### Dreamhost ###
Dreamhost [DreamObjects](https://www.dreamhost.com/cloud/storage/) is
an object storage system based on CEPH.
To use rclone with Dreamhost, configure as above but leave the region blank
and set the endpoint. You should end up with something like this in
your config:
```
[dreamobjects]
type = s3
provider = DreamHost
env_auth = false
access_key_id = your_access_key
secret_access_key = your_secret_key
region =
endpoint = objects-us-west-1.dream.io
location_constraint =
acl = private
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
```
### DigitalOcean Spaces ###
[Spaces](https://www.digitalocean.com/products/object-storage/) is an [S3-interoperable](https://developers.digitalocean.com/documentation/spaces/) object storage service from cloud provider DigitalOcean.
To connect to DigitalOcean Spaces you will need an access key and secret key. These can be retrieved on the "[Applications & API](https://cloud.digitalocean.com/settings/api/tokens)" page of the DigitalOcean control panel. They will be needed when promted by `rclone config` for your `access_key_id` and `secret_access_key`.
When prompted for a `region` or `location_constraint`, press enter to use the default value. The region must be included in the `endpoint` setting (e.g. `nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com`). The defualt values can be used for other settings.
Going through the whole process of creating a new remote by running `rclone config`, each prompt should be answered as shown below:
```
Storage> s3
env_auth> 1
access_key_id> YOUR_ACCESS_KEY
secret_access_key> YOUR_SECRET_KEY
region>
endpoint> nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com
location_constraint>
acl>
storage_class>
```
The resulting configuration file should look like:
```
[spaces]
type = s3
provider = DigitalOcean
env_auth = false
access_key_id = YOUR_ACCESS_KEY
secret_access_key = YOUR_SECRET_KEY
region =
endpoint = nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
```
Once configured, you can create a new Space and begin copying files. For example:
```
rclone mkdir spaces:my-new-space
rclone copy /path/to/files spaces:my-new-space
```
### IBM COS (S3) ###
Information stored with IBM Cloud Object Storage is encrypted and dispersed across multiple geographic locations, and accessed through an implementation of the S3 API. This service makes use of the distributed storage technologies provided by IBM’s Cloud Object Storage System (formerly Cleversafe). For more information visit: (http://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage)
To configure access to IBM COS S3, follow the steps below:
1. Run rclone config and select n for a new remote.
```
2018/02/14 14:13:11 NOTICE: Config file "C:\\Users\\a\\.config\\rclone\\rclone.conf" not found - using defaults
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
```
2. Enter the name for the configuration
```
name> <YOUR NAME>
```
3. Select "s3" storage.
```
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Alias for a existing remote
\ "alias"
2 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
3 / Amazon S3 Complaint Storage Providers (Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio, IBM COS)
\ "s3"
4 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
[snip]
23 / http Connection
\ "http"
Storage> 3
```
4. Select IBM COS as the S3 Storage Provider.
```
Choose the S3 provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Choose this option to configure Storage to AWS S3
\ "AWS"
2 / Choose this option to configure Storage to Ceph Systems
\ "Ceph"
3 / Choose this option to configure Storage to Dreamhost
\ "Dreamhost"
4 / Choose this option to the configure Storage to IBM COS S3
\ "IBMCOS"
5 / Choose this option to the configure Storage to Minio
\ "Minio"
Provider>4
```
5. Enter the Access Key and Secret.
```
AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> <>
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> <>
```
6. Specify the endpoint for IBM COS. For Public IBM COS, choose from the option below. For On Premise IBM COS, enter an enpoint address.
```
Endpoint for IBM COS S3 API.
Specify if using an IBM COS On Premise.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / US Cross Region Endpoint
\ "s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
2 / US Cross Region Dallas Endpoint
\ "s3-api.dal.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
3 / US Cross Region Washington DC Endpoint
\ "s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
4 / US Cross Region San Jose Endpoint
\ "s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
5 / US Cross Region Private Endpoint
\ "s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
6 / US Cross Region Dallas Private Endpoint
\ "s3-api.dal-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
7 / US Cross Region Washington DC Private Endpoint
\ "s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
8 / US Cross Region San Jose Private Endpoint
\ "s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
9 / US Region East Endpoint
\ "s3.us-east.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
10 / US Region East Private Endpoint
\ "s3.us-east.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
11 / US Region South Endpoint
[snip]
34 / Toronto Single Site Private Endpoint
\ "s3.tor01.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
endpoint>1
```
7. Specify a IBM COS Location Constraint. The location constraint must match endpoint when using IBM Cloud Public. For on-prem COS, do not make a selection from this list, hit enter
```
1 / US Cross Region Standard
\ "us-standard"
2 / US Cross Region Vault
\ "us-vault"
3 / US Cross Region Cold
\ "us-cold"
4 / US Cross Region Flex
\ "us-flex"
5 / US East Region Standard
\ "us-east-standard"
6 / US East Region Vault
\ "us-east-vault"
7 / US East Region Cold
\ "us-east-cold"
8 / US East Region Flex
\ "us-east-flex"
9 / US South Region Standard
\ "us-south-standard"
10 / US South Region Vault
\ "us-south-vault"
[snip]
32 / Toronto Flex
\ "tor01-flex"
location_constraint>1
```
9. Specify a canned ACL. IBM Cloud (Strorage) supports "public-read" and "private". IBM Cloud(Infra) supports all the canned ACLs. On-Premise COS supports all the canned ACLs.
```
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise COS
\ "private"
2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise IBM COS
\ "public-read"
3 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), On-Premise IBM COS
\ "public-read-write"
4 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access. Not supported on Buckets. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra) and On-Premise IBM COS
\ "authenticated-read"
acl> 1
```
12. Review the displayed configuration and accept to save the "remote" then quit. The config file should look like this
```
[xxx]
type = s3
Provider = IBMCOS
access_key_id = xxx
secret_access_key = yyy
endpoint = s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net
location_constraint = us-standard
acl = private
```
13. Execute rclone commands
```
1) Create a bucket.
rclone mkdir IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
2) List available buckets.
rclone lsd IBM-COS-XREGION:
-1 2017-11-08 21:16:22 -1 test
-1 2018-02-14 20:16:39 -1 newbucket
3) List contents of a bucket.
rclone ls IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
18685952 test.exe
4) Copy a file from local to remote.
rclone copy /Users/file.txt IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
5) Copy a file from remote to local.
rclone copy IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket/file.txt .
6) Delete a file on remote.
rclone delete IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket/file.txt
```
### Minio ###
[Minio](https://minio.io/) is an object storage server built for cloud application developers and devops.
It is very easy to install and provides an S3 compatible server which can be used by rclone.
To use it, install Minio following the instructions [here](https://docs.minio.io/docs/minio-quickstart-guide).
When it configures itself Minio will print something like this
```
Endpoint: http://192.168.1.106:9000 http://172.23.0.1:9000
AccessKey: USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE
SecretKey: MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
Region: us-east-1
SQS ARNs: arn:minio:sqs:us-east-1:1:redis arn:minio:sqs:us-east-1:2:redis
Browser Access:
http://192.168.1.106:9000 http://172.23.0.1:9000
Command-line Access: https://docs.minio.io/docs/minio-client-quickstart-guide
$ mc config host add myminio http://192.168.1.106:9000 USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
Object API (Amazon S3 compatible):
Go: https://docs.minio.io/docs/golang-client-quickstart-guide
Java: https://docs.minio.io/docs/java-client-quickstart-guide
Python: https://docs.minio.io/docs/python-client-quickstart-guide
JavaScript: https://docs.minio.io/docs/javascript-client-quickstart-guide
.NET: https://docs.minio.io/docs/dotnet-client-quickstart-guide
Drive Capacity: 26 GiB Free, 165 GiB Total
```
These details need to go into `rclone config` like this. Note that it
is important to put the region in as stated above.
```
env_auth> 1
access_key_id> USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE
secret_access_key> MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
region> us-east-1
endpoint> http://192.168.1.106:9000
location_constraint>
server_side_encryption>
```
Which makes the config file look like this
```
[minio]
type = s3
provider = Minio
env_auth = false
access_key_id = USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE
secret_access_key = MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
region = us-east-1
endpoint = http://192.168.1.106:9000
location_constraint =
server_side_encryption =
```
So once set up, for example to copy files into a bucket
```
rclone copy /path/to/files minio:bucket
```
### Wasabi ###
[Wasabi](https://wasabi.com) is a cloud-based object storage service for a
broad range of applications and use cases. Wasabi is designed for
individuals and organizations that require a high-performance,
reliable, and secure data storage infrastructure at minimal cost.
Wasabi provides an S3 interface which can be configured for use with
rclone like this.
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
n/s> n
name> wasabi
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
[snip]
Storage> s3
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
\ "false"
2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
\ "true"
env_auth> 1
AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> YOURACCESSKEY
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
Region to connect to.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
/ The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
1 | US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
| Leave location constraint empty.
\ "us-east-1"
[snip]
region> us-east-1
Endpoint for S3 API.
Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
Specify if using an S3 clone such as Ceph.
endpoint> s3.wasabisys.com
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
\ ""
[snip]
location_constraint>
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
\ "private"
[snip]
acl>
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / None
\ ""
2 / AES256
\ "AES256"
server_side_encryption>
The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Default
\ ""
2 / Standard storage class
\ "STANDARD"
3 / Reduced redundancy storage class
\ "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
4 / Standard Infrequent Access storage class
\ "STANDARD_IA"
storage_class>
Remote config
--------------------
[wasabi]
env_auth = false
access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY
secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
region = us-east-1
endpoint = s3.wasabisys.com
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
This will leave the config file looking like this.
```
[wasabi]
type = s3
provider = Wasabi
env_auth = false
access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY
secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
region =
endpoint = s3.wasabisys.com
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
```
### Aliyun OSS / Netease NOS ###
This describes how to set up Aliyun OSS - Netease NOS is the same
except for different endpoints.
Note this is a pretty standard S3 setup, except for the setting of
`force_path_style = false` in the advanced config.
```
# rclone config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> n
name> oss
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
3 / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers (AWS, Ceph, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio)
\ "s3"
Storage> s3
Choose your S3 provider.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
8 / Any other S3 compatible provider
\ "Other"
provider> other
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("false").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
\ "false"
2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
\ "true"
env_auth> 1
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
access_key_id> xxxxxxxxxxxx
AWS Secret Access Key (password)
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
secret_access_key> xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Region to connect to.
Leave blank if you are using an S3 clone and you don't have a region.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Use this if unsure. Will use v4 signatures and an empty region.
\ ""
2 / Use this only if v4 signatures don't work, eg pre Jewel/v10 CEPH.
\ "other-v2-signature"
region> 1
Endpoint for S3 API.
Required when using an S3 clone.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
endpoint> oss-cn-shenzhen.aliyuncs.com
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
Leave blank if not sure. Used when creating buckets only.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
location_constraint>
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
\ "private"
acl> 1
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
Chunk size to use for uploading
Enter a size with suffix k,M,G,T. Press Enter for the default ("5M").
chunk_size>
Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("false").
disable_checksum>
An AWS session token
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
session_token>
Concurrency for multipart uploads.
Enter a signed integer. Press Enter for the default ("2").
upload_concurrency>
If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style.
Some providers (eg Aliyun OSS or Netease COS) require this.
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("true").
force_path_style> false
Remote config
--------------------
[oss]
type = s3
provider = Other
env_auth = false
access_key_id = xxxxxxxxx
secret_access_key = xxxxxxxxxxxxx
endpoint = oss-cn-shenzhen.aliyuncs.com
acl = private
force_path_style = false
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
Backblaze B2
----------------------------------------
B2 is [Backblaze's cloud storage system](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/).
Paths are specified as `remote:bucket` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:bucket/path/to/dir`.
Here is an example of making a b2 configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process. You will
need your account number (a short hex number) and key (a long hex
number) which you can get from the b2 control panel.
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
q) Quit config
n/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
7 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
8 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
9 / Local Disk
\ "local"
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
13 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
Storage> 3
Account ID or Application Key ID
account> 123456789abc
Application Key
key> 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789
Endpoint for the service - leave blank normally.
endpoint>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
account = 123456789abc
key = 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789
endpoint =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
See all buckets
rclone lsd remote:
Create a new bucket
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
List the contents of a bucket
rclone ls remote:bucket
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote bucket, deleting any
excess files in the bucket.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
### Application Keys ###
B2 supports multiple [Application Keys for different access permission
to B2 Buckets](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/application_keys.html).
You can use these with rclone too.
Follow Backblaze's docs to create an Application Key with the required
permission and add the `Application Key ID` as the `account` and the
`Application Key` itself as the `key`.
Note that you must put the Application Key ID as the `account` - you
can't use the master Account ID. If you try then B2 will return 401
errors.
### --fast-list ###
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
### Modified time ###
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
`X-Bz-Info-src_last_modified_millis` as milliseconds since 1970-01-01
in the Backblaze standard. Other tools should be able to use this as
a modified time.
Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported except in
the case of updating a modification time on an existing object. In
this case the object will be uploaded again as B2 doesn't have an API
method to set the modification time independent of doing an upload.
### SHA1 checksums ###
The SHA1 checksums of the files are checked on upload and download and
will be used in the syncing process.
Large files (bigger than the limit in `--b2-upload-cutoff`) which are
uploaded in chunks will store their SHA1 on the object as
`X-Bz-Info-large_file_sha1` as recommended by Backblaze.
For a large file to be uploaded with an SHA1 checksum, the source
needs to support SHA1 checksums. The local disk supports SHA1
checksums so large file transfers from local disk will have an SHA1.
See [the overview](/overview/#features) for exactly which remotes
support SHA1.
Sources which don't support SHA1, in particular `crypt` will upload
large files without SHA1 checksums. This may be fixed in the future
(see [#1767](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1767)).
Files sizes below `--b2-upload-cutoff` will always have an SHA1
regardless of the source.
### Transfers ###
Backblaze recommends that you do lots of transfers simultaneously for
maximum speed. In tests from my SSD equipped laptop the optimum
setting is about `--transfers 32` though higher numbers may be used
for a slight speed improvement. The optimum number for you may vary
depending on your hardware, how big the files are, how much you want
to load your computer, etc. The default of `--transfers 4` is
definitely too low for Backblaze B2 though.
Note that uploading big files (bigger than 200 MB by default) will use
a 96 MB RAM buffer by default. There can be at most `--transfers` of
these in use at any moment, so this sets the upper limit on the memory
used.
### Versions ###
When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a [new version
of it](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/file_versions.html).
Likewise when you delete a file, the old version will be marked hidden
and still be available. Conversely, you may opt in to a "hard delete"
of files with the `--b2-hard-delete` flag which would permanently remove
the file instead of hiding it.
Old versions of files, where available, are visible using the
`--b2-versions` flag.
If you wish to remove all the old versions then you can use the
`rclone cleanup remote:bucket` command which will delete all the old
versions of files, leaving the current ones intact. You can also
supply a path and only old versions under that path will be deleted,
eg `rclone cleanup remote:bucket/path/to/stuff`.
Note that `cleanup` does not remove partially uploaded files
from the bucket.
When you `purge` a bucket, the current and the old versions will be
deleted then the bucket will be deleted.
However `delete` will cause the current versions of the files to
become hidden old versions.
Here is a session showing the listing and retrieval of an old
version followed by a `cleanup` of the old versions.
Show current version and all the versions with `--b2-versions` flag.
```
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test
9 one.txt
$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test
9 one.txt
8 one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt
16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
15 one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt
```
Retrieve an old version
```
$ rclone -q --b2-versions copy b2:cleanup-test/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt /tmp
$ ls -l /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
-rw-rw-r-- 1 ncw ncw 16 Jul 2 17:46 /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
```
Clean up all the old versions and show that they've gone.
```
$ rclone -q cleanup b2:cleanup-test
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test
9 one.txt
$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test
9 one.txt
```
### Data usage ###
It is useful to know how many requests are sent to the server in different scenarios.
All copy commands send the following 4 requests:
```
/b2api/v1/b2_authorize_account
/b2api/v1/b2_create_bucket
/b2api/v1/b2_list_buckets
/b2api/v1/b2_list_file_names
```
The `b2_list_file_names` request will be sent once for every 1k files
in the remote path, providing the checksum and modification time of
the listed files. As of version 1.33 issue
[#818](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/818) causes extra requests
to be sent when using B2 with Crypt. When a copy operation does not
require any files to be uploaded, no more requests will be sent.
Uploading files that do not require chunking, will send 2 requests per
file upload:
```
/b2api/v1/b2_get_upload_url
/b2api/v1/b2_upload_file/
```
Uploading files requiring chunking, will send 2 requests (one each to
start and finish the upload) and another 2 requests for each chunk:
```
/b2api/v1/b2_start_large_file
/b2api/v1/b2_get_upload_part_url
/b2api/v1/b2_upload_part/
/b2api/v1/b2_finish_large_file
```
#### Versions ####
Versions can be viewd with the `--b2-versions` flag. When it is set
rclone will show and act on older versions of files. For example
Listing without `--b2-versions`
```
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test
9 one.txt
```
And with
```
$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test
9 one.txt
8 one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt
16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
15 one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt
```
Showing that the current version is unchanged but older versions can
be seen. These have the UTC date that they were uploaded to the
server to the nearest millisecond appended to them.
Note that when using `--b2-versions` no file write operations are
permitted, so you can't upload files or delete them.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/b2/b2.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to b2 (Backblaze B2).
#### --b2-account
Account ID or Application Key ID
- Config: account
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ACCOUNT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --b2-key
Application Key
- Config: key
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_KEY
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --b2-hard-delete
Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
- Config: hard_delete
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_HARD_DELETE
- Type: bool
- Default: false
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to b2 (Backblaze B2).
#### --b2-endpoint
Endpoint for the service.
Leave blank normally.
- Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ENDPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --b2-test-mode
A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
This is for debugging purposes only. Setting it to one of the strings
below will cause b2 to return specific errors:
* "fail_some_uploads"
* "expire_some_account_authorization_tokens"
* "force_cap_exceeded"
These will be set in the "X-Bz-Test-Mode" header which is documented
in the [b2 integrations checklist](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/integration_checklist.html).
- Config: test_mode
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_TEST_MODE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --b2-versions
Include old versions in directory listings.
Note that when using this no file write operations are permitted,
so you can't upload files or delete them.
- Config: versions
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_VERSIONS
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --b2-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload.
Files above this size will be uploaded in chunks of "--b2-chunk-size".
This value should be set no larger than 4.657GiB (== 5GB).
- Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 200M
#### --b2-chunk-size
Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory.
When uploading large files, chunk the file into this size. Note that
these chunks are buffered in memory and there might a maximum of
"--transfers" chunks in progress at once. 5,000,000 Bytes is the
minimim size.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 96M
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
Box
-----------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
The initial setup for Box involves getting a token from Box which you
need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Box
\ "box"
5 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
6 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
7 / FTP Connection
\ "ftp"
8 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
9 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
10 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
11 / Local Disk
\ "local"
12 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
13 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
14 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
15 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
16 / http Connection
\ "http"
Storage> box
Box App Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Box App Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"XXX"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Box. This only runs from the moment it opens
your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This
is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this it may require you to unblock
it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List directories in top level of your Box
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your Box
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an Box directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### Invalid refresh token ###
According to the [box docs](https://developer.box.com/v2.0/docs/oauth-20#section-6-using-the-access-and-refresh-tokens):
> Each refresh_token is valid for one use in 60 days.
This means that if you
* Don't use the box remote for 60 days
* Copy the config file with a box refresh token in and use it in two places
* Get an error on a token refresh
then rclone will return an error which includes the text `Invalid
refresh token`.
To fix this you will need to use oauth2 again to update the refresh
token. You can use the methods in [the remote setup
docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/), bearing in mind that if you use the copy the
config file method, you should not use that remote on the computer you
did the authentication on.
Here is how to do it.
```
$ rclone config
Current remotes:
Name Type
==== ====
remote box
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> e
Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
1 > remote
remote> remote
--------------------
[remote]
type = box
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2017-07-08T23:40:08.059167677+01:00"}
--------------------
Edit remote
Value "client_id" = ""
Edit? (y/n)>
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Value "client_secret" = ""
Edit? (y/n)>
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
Already have a token - refresh?
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
type = box
token = {"access_token":"YYY","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"YYY","expiry":"2017-07-23T12:22:29.259137901+01:00"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
### Modified time and hashes ###
Box allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
not.
Box supports SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the `--checksum`
flag.
### Transfers ###
For files above 50MB rclone will use a chunked transfer. Rclone will
upload up to `--transfers` chunks at the same time (shared among all
the multipart uploads). Chunks are buffered in memory and are
normally 8MB so increasing `--transfers` will increase memory use.
### Deleting files ###
Depending on the enterprise settings for your user, the item will
either be actually deleted from Box or moved to the trash.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/box/box.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to box (Box).
#### --box-client-id
Box App Client Id.
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --box-client-secret
Box App Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string
- Default: ""
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to box (Box).
#### --box-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB).
- Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 50M
#### --box-commit-retries
Max number of times to try committing a multipart file.
- Config: commit_retries
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_COMMIT_RETRIES
- Type: int
- Default: 100
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
Note that Box is case insensitive so you can't have a file called
"Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
Box file names can't have the `\` character in. rclone maps this to
and from an identical looking unicode equivalent `＼`.
Box only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
Cache (BETA)
-----------------------------------------
The `cache` remote wraps another existing remote and stores file structure
and its data for long running tasks like `rclone mount`.
To get started you just need to have an existing remote which can be configured
with `cache`.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `test-cache`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/r/c/s/q> n
name> test-cache
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
...
5 / Cache a remote
\ "cache"
...
Storage> 5
Remote to cache.
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir",
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
remote> local:/test
Optional: The URL of the Plex server
plex_url> http://127.0.0.1:32400
Optional: The username of the Plex user
plex_username> dummyusername
Optional: The password of the Plex user
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading.
Default: 5M
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / 1MB
\ "1m"
2 / 5 MB
\ "5M"
3 / 10 MB
\ "10M"
chunk_size> 2
How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. Use a very high value if you don't plan on changing the source FS from outside the cache.
Accepted units are: "s", "m", "h".
Default: 5m
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / 1 hour
\ "1h"
2 / 24 hours
\ "24h"
3 / 24 hours
\ "48h"
info_age> 2
The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted.
Default: 10G
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / 500 MB
\ "500M"
2 / 1 GB
\ "1G"
3 / 10 GB
\ "10G"
chunk_total_size> 3
Remote config
--------------------
[test-cache]
remote = local:/test
plex_url = http://127.0.0.1:32400
plex_username = dummyusername
plex_password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
chunk_size = 5M
info_age = 48h
chunk_total_size = 10G
```
You can then use it like this,
List directories in top level of your drive
rclone lsd test-cache:
List all the files in your drive
rclone ls test-cache:
To start a cached mount
rclone mount --allow-other test-cache: /var/tmp/test-cache
### Write Features ###
### Offline uploading ###
In an effort to make writing through cache more reliable, the backend
now supports this feature which can be activated by specifying a
`cache-tmp-upload-path`.
A files goes through these states when using this feature:
1. An upload is started (usually by copying a file on the cache remote)
2. When the copy to the temporary location is complete the file is part
of the cached remote and looks and behaves like any other file (reading included)
3. After `cache-tmp-wait-time` passes and the file is next in line, `rclone move`
is used to move the file to the cloud provider
4. Reading the file still works during the upload but most modifications on it will be prohibited
5. Once the move is complete the file is unlocked for modifications as it
becomes as any other regular file
6. If the file is being read through `cache` when it's actually
deleted from the temporary path then `cache` will simply swap the source
to the cloud provider without interrupting the reading (small blip can happen though)
Files are uploaded in sequence and only one file is uploaded at a time.
Uploads will be stored in a queue and be processed based on the order they were added.
The queue and the temporary storage is persistent across restarts but
can be cleared on startup with the `--cache-db-purge` flag.
### Write Support ###
Writes are supported through `cache`.
One caveat is that a mounted cache remote does not add any retry or fallback
mechanism to the upload operation. This will depend on the implementation
of the wrapped remote. Consider using `Offline uploading` for reliable writes.
One special case is covered with `cache-writes` which will cache the file
data at the same time as the upload when it is enabled making it available
from the cache store immediately once the upload is finished.
### Read Features ###
#### Multiple connections ####
To counter the high latency between a local PC where rclone is running
and cloud providers, the cache remote can split multiple requests to the
cloud provider for smaller file chunks and combines them together locally
where they can be available almost immediately before the reader usually
needs them.
This is similar to buffering when media files are played online. Rclone
will stay around the current marker but always try its best to stay ahead
and prepare the data before.
#### Plex Integration ####
There is a direct integration with Plex which allows cache to detect during reading
if the file is in playback or not. This helps cache to adapt how it queries
the cloud provider depending on what is needed for.
Scans will have a minimum amount of workers (1) while in a confirmed playback cache
will deploy the configured number of workers.
This integration opens the doorway to additional performance improvements
which will be explored in the near future.
**Note:** If Plex options are not configured, `cache` will function with its
configured options without adapting any of its settings.
How to enable? Run `rclone config` and add all the Plex options (endpoint, username
and password) in your remote and it will be automatically enabled.
Affected settings:
- `cache-workers`: _Configured value_ during confirmed playback or _1_ all the other times
##### Certificate Validation #####
When the Plex server is configured to only accept secure connections, it is
possible to use `.plex.direct` URL's to ensure certificate validation succeeds.
These URL's are used by Plex internally to connect to the Plex server securely.
The format for this URL's is the following:
https://ip-with-dots-replaced.server-hash.plex.direct:32400/
The `ip-with-dots-replaced` part can be any IPv4 address, where the dots
have been replaced with dashes, e.g. `127.0.0.1` becomes `127-0-0-1`.
To get the `server-hash` part, the easiest way is to visit
https://plex.tv/api/resources?includeHttps=1&X-Plex-Token=your-plex-token
This page will list all the available Plex servers for your account
with at least one `.plex.direct` link for each. Copy one URL and replace
the IP address with the desired address. This can be used as the
`plex_url` value.
### Known issues ###
#### Mount and --dir-cache-time ####
--dir-cache-time controls the first layer of directory caching which works at the mount layer.
Being an independent caching mechanism from the `cache` backend, it will manage its own entries
based on the configured time.
To avoid getting in a scenario where dir cache has obsolete data and cache would have the correct
one, try to set `--dir-cache-time` to a lower time than `--cache-info-age`. Default values are
already configured in this way.
#### Windows support - Experimental ####
There are a couple of issues with Windows `mount` functionality that still require some investigations.
It should be considered as experimental thus far as fixes come in for this OS.
Most of the issues seem to be related to the difference between filesystems
on Linux flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependant on them.
Any reports or feedback on how cache behaves on this OS is greatly appreciated.
- https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1935
- https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1907
- https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1834
#### Risk of throttling ####
Future iterations of the cache backend will make use of the pooling functionality
of the cloud provider to synchronize and at the same time make writing through it
more tolerant to failures.
There are a couple of enhancements in track to add these but in the meantime
there is a valid concern that the expiring cache listings can lead to cloud provider
throttles or bans due to repeated queries on it for very large mounts.
Some recommendations:
- don't use a very small interval for entry informations (`--cache-info-age`)
- while writes aren't yet optimised, you can still write through `cache` which gives you the advantage
of adding the file in the cache at the same time if configured to do so.
Future enhancements:
- https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1937
- https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1936
#### cache and crypt ####
One common scenario is to keep your data encrypted in the cloud provider
using the `crypt` remote. `crypt` uses a similar technique to wrap around
an existing remote and handles this translation in a seamless way.
There is an issue with wrapping the remotes in this order:
<span style="color:red">**cloud remote** -> **crypt** -> **cache**</span>
During testing, I experienced a lot of bans with the remotes in this order.
I suspect it might be related to how crypt opens files on the cloud provider
which makes it think we're downloading the full file instead of small chunks.
Organizing the remotes in this order yelds better results:
<span style="color:green">**cloud remote** -> **cache** -> **crypt**</span>
#### absolute remote paths ####
`cache` can not differentiate between relative and absolute paths for the wrapped remote.
Any path given in the `remote` config setting and on the command line will be passed to
the wrapped remote as is, but for storing the chunks on disk the path will be made
relative by removing any leading `/` character.
This behavior is irrelevant for most backend types, but there are backends where a leading `/`
changes the effective directory, e.g. in the `sftp` backend paths starting with a `/` are
relative to the root of the SSH server and paths without are relative to the user home directory.
As a result `sftp:bin` and `sftp:/bin` will share the same cache folder, even if they represent
a different directory on the SSH server.
### Cache and Remote Control (--rc) ###
Cache supports the new `--rc` mode in rclone and can be remote controlled through the following end points:
By default, the listener is disabled if you do not add the flag.
### rc cache/expire
Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file.
It supports both encrypted and unencrypted file names if cache is wrapped by crypt.
Params:
- **remote** = path to remote **(required)**
- **withData** = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well _(optional, false by default)_
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/cache/cache.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to cache (Cache a remote).
#### --cache-remote
Remote to cache.
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir",
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
- Config: remote
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_REMOTE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --cache-plex-url
The URL of the Plex server
- Config: plex_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_URL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --cache-plex-username
The username of the Plex user
- Config: plex_username
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_USERNAME
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --cache-plex-password
The password of the Plex user
- Config: plex_password
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_PASSWORD
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --cache-chunk-size
The size of a chunk (partial file data).
Use lower numbers for slower connections. If the chunk size is
changed, any downloaded chunks will be invalid and cache-chunk-path
will need to be cleared or unexpected EOF errors will occur.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 5M
- Examples:
- "1m"
- 1MB
- "5M"
- 5 MB
- "10M"
- 10 MB
#### --cache-info-age
How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc).
If all write operations are done through the cache then you can safely make
this value very large as the cache store will also be updated in real time.
- Config: info_age
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_INFO_AGE
- Type: Duration
- Default: 6h0m0s
- Examples:
- "1h"
- 1 hour
- "24h"
- 24 hours
- "48h"
- 48 hours
#### --cache-chunk-total-size
The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk.
If the cache exceeds this value then it will start to delete the
oldest chunks until it goes under this value.
- Config: chunk_total_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_TOTAL_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 10G
- Examples:
- "500M"
- 500 MB
- "1G"
- 1 GB
- "10G"
- 10 GB
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to cache (Cache a remote).
#### --cache-plex-token
The plex token for authentication - auto set normally
- Config: plex_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_TOKEN
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --cache-plex-insecure
Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
- Config: plex_insecure
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_INSECURE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --cache-db-path
Directory to store file structure metadata DB.
The remote name is used as the DB file name.
- Config: db_path
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_PATH
- Type: string
- Default: "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend"
#### --cache-chunk-path
Directory to cache chunk files.
Path to where partial file data (chunks) are stored locally. The remote
name is appended to the final path.
This config follows the "--cache-db-path". If you specify a custom
location for "--cache-db-path" and don't specify one for "--cache-chunk-path"
then "--cache-chunk-path" will use the same path as "--cache-db-path".
- Config: chunk_path
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_PATH
- Type: string
- Default: "/home/ncw/.cache/rclone/cache-backend"
#### --cache-db-purge
Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
- Config: db_purge
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_PURGE
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --cache-chunk-clean-interval
How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage.
The default value should be ok for most people. If you find that the
cache goes over "cache-chunk-total-size" too often then try to lower
this value to force it to perform cleanups more often.
- Config: chunk_clean_interval
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_CLEAN_INTERVAL
- Type: Duration
- Default: 1m0s
#### --cache-read-retries
How many times to retry a read from a cache storage.
Since reading from a cache stream is independent from downloading file
data, readers can get to a point where there's no more data in the
cache. Most of the times this can indicate a connectivity issue if
cache isn't able to provide file data anymore.
For really slow connections, increase this to a point where the stream is
able to provide data but your experience will be very stuttering.
- Config: read_retries
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_READ_RETRIES
- Type: int
- Default: 10
#### --cache-workers
How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks.
Higher values will mean more parallel processing (better CPU needed)
and more concurrent requests on the cloud provider. This impacts
several aspects like the cloud provider API limits, more stress on the
hardware that rclone runs on but it also means that streams will be
more fluid and data will be available much more faster to readers.
**Note**: If the optional Plex integration is enabled then this
setting will adapt to the type of reading performed and the value
specified here will be used as a maximum number of workers to use.
- Config: workers
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_WORKERS
- Type: int
- Default: 4
#### --cache-chunk-no-memory
Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
By default, cache will keep file data during streaming in RAM as well
to provide it to readers as fast as possible.
This transient data is evicted as soon as it is read and the number of
chunks stored doesn't exceed the number of workers. However, depending
on other settings like "cache-chunk-size" and "cache-workers" this footprint
can increase if there are parallel streams too (multiple files being read
at the same time).
If the hardware permits it, use this feature to provide an overall better
performance during streaming but it can also be disabled if RAM is not
available on the local machine.
- Config: chunk_no_memory
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_NO_MEMORY
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --cache-rps
Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable)
This setting places a hard limit on the number of requests per second
that cache will be doing to the cloud provider remote and try to
respect that value by setting waits between reads.
If you find that you're getting banned or limited on the cloud
provider through cache and know that a smaller number of requests per
second will allow you to work with it then you can use this setting
for that.
A good balance of all the other settings should make this setting
useless but it is available to set for more special cases.
**NOTE**: This will limit the number of requests during streams but
other API calls to the cloud provider like directory listings will
still pass.
- Config: rps
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_RPS
- Type: int
- Default: -1
#### --cache-writes
Cache file data on writes through the FS
If you need to read files immediately after you upload them through
cache you can enable this flag to have their data stored in the
cache store at the same time during upload.
- Config: writes
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_WRITES
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --cache-tmp-upload-path
Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
This is the path where cache will use as a temporary storage for new
files that need to be uploaded to the cloud provider.
Specifying a value will enable this feature. Without it, it is
completely disabled and files will be uploaded directly to the cloud
provider
- Config: tmp_upload_path
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_TMP_UPLOAD_PATH
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --cache-tmp-wait-time
How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded
This is the duration that a file must wait in the temporary location
_cache-tmp-upload-path_ before it is selected for upload.
Note that only one file is uploaded at a time and it can take longer
to start the upload if a queue formed for this purpose.
- Config: tmp_wait_time
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_TMP_WAIT_TIME
- Type: Duration
- Default: 15s
#### --cache-db-wait-time
How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited
Only one process can have the DB open at any one time, so rclone waits
for this duration for the DB to become available before it gives an
error.
If you set it to 0 then it will wait forever.
- Config: db_wait_time
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_WAIT_TIME
- Type: Duration
- Default: 1s
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
Crypt
----------------------------------------
The `crypt` remote encrypts and decrypts another remote.
To use it first set up the underlying remote following the config
instructions for that remote. You can also use a local pathname
instead of a remote which will encrypt and decrypt from that directory
which might be useful for encrypting onto a USB stick for example.
First check your chosen remote is working - we'll call it
`remote:path` in these docs. Note that anything inside `remote:path`
will be encrypted and anything outside won't. This means that if you
are using a bucket based remote (eg S3, B2, swift) then you should
probably put the bucket in the remote `s3:bucket`. If you just use
`s3:` then rclone will make encrypted bucket names too (if using file
name encryption) which may or may not be what you want.
Now configure `crypt` using `rclone config`. We will call this one
`secret` to differentiate it from the `remote`.
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> secret
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
7 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
8 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
9 / Local Disk
\ "local"
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
13 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
Storage> 5
Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir",
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
remote> remote:path
How to encrypt the filenames.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Don't encrypt the file names. Adds a ".bin" extension only.
\ "off"
2 / Encrypt the filenames see the docs for the details.
\ "standard"
3 / Very simple filename obfuscation.
\ "obfuscate"
filename_encryption> 2
Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Encrypt directory names.
\ "true"
2 / Don't encrypt directory names, leave them intact.
\ "false"
filename_encryption> 1
Password or pass phrase for encryption.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
Should be different to the previous password.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> g
Password strength in bits.
64 is just about memorable
128 is secure
1024 is the maximum
Bits> 128
Your password is: JAsJvRcgR-_veXNfy_sGmQ
Use this password?
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
Remote config
--------------------
[secret]
remote = remote:path
filename_encryption = standard
password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
password2 = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
**Important** The password is stored in the config file is lightly
obscured so it isn't immediately obvious what it is. It is in no way
secure unless you use config file encryption.
A long passphrase is recommended, or you can use a random one. Note
that if you reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases
elsewhere it will be compatible - all the secrets used are derived
from those two passwords/passphrases.
Note that rclone does not encrypt
* file length - this can be calcuated within 16 bytes
* modification time - used for syncing
## Specifying the remote ##
In normal use, make sure the remote has a `:` in. If you specify the
remote without a `:` then rclone will use a local directory of that
name. So if you use a remote of `/path/to/secret/files` then rclone
will encrypt stuff to that directory. If you use a remote of `name`
then rclone will put files in a directory called `name` in the current
directory.
If you specify the remote as `remote:path/to/dir` then rclone will
store encrypted files in `path/to/dir` on the remote. If you are using
file name encryption, then when you save files to
`secret:subdir/subfile` this will store them in the unencrypted path
`path/to/dir` but the `subdir/subpath` bit will be encrypted.
Note that unless you want encrypted bucket names (which are difficult
to manage because you won't know what directory they represent in web
interfaces etc), you should probably specify a bucket, eg
`remote:secretbucket` when using bucket based remotes such as S3,
Swift, Hubic, B2, GCS.
## Example ##
To test I made a little directory of files using "standard" file name
encryption.
```
plaintext/
├── file0.txt
├── file1.txt
└── subdir
├── file2.txt
├── file3.txt
└── subsubdir
└── file4.txt
```
Copy these to the remote and list them back
```
$ rclone -q copy plaintext secret:
$ rclone -q ls secret:
7 file1.txt
6 file0.txt
8 subdir/file2.txt
10 subdir/subsubdir/file4.txt
9 subdir/file3.txt
```
Now see what that looked like when encrypted
```
$ rclone -q ls remote:path
55 hagjclgavj2mbiqm6u6cnjjqcg
54 v05749mltvv1tf4onltun46gls
57 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/dlj7fkq4kdq72emafg7a7s41uo
58 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/7uu829995du6o42n32otfhjqp4/b9pausrfansjth5ob3jkdqd4lc
56 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/8njh1sk437gttmep3p70g81aps
```
Note that this retains the directory structure which means you can do this
```
$ rclone -q ls secret:subdir
8 file2.txt
9 file3.txt
10 subsubdir/file4.txt
```
If don't use file name encryption then the remote will look like this
- note the `.bin` extensions added to prevent the cloud provider
attempting to interpret the data.
```
$ rclone -q ls remote:path
54 file0.txt.bin
57 subdir/file3.txt.bin
56 subdir/file2.txt.bin
58 subdir/subsubdir/file4.txt.bin
55 file1.txt.bin
```
### File name encryption modes ###
Here are some of the features of the file name encryption modes
Off
* doesn't hide file names or directory structure
* allows for longer file names (~246 characters)
* can use sub paths and copy single files
Standard
* file names encrypted
* file names can't be as long (~143 characters)
* can use sub paths and copy single files
* directory structure visible
* identical files names will have identical uploaded names
* can use shortcuts to shorten the directory recursion
Obfuscation
This is a simple "rotate" of the filename, with each file having a rot
distance based on the filename. We store the distance at the beginning
of the filename. So a file called "hello" may become "53.jgnnq"
This is not a strong encryption of filenames, but it may stop automated
scanning tools from picking up on filename patterns. As such it's an
intermediate between "off" and "standard". The advantage is that it
allows for longer path segment names.
There is a possibility with some unicode based filenames that the
obfuscation is weak and may map lower case characters to upper case
equivalents. You can not rely on this for strong protection.
* file names very lightly obfuscated
* file names can be longer than standard encryption
* can use sub paths and copy single files
* directory structure visible
* identical files names will have identical uploaded names
Cloud storage systems have various limits on file name length and
total path length which you are more likely to hit using "Standard"
file name encryption. If you keep your file names to below 156
characters in length then you should be OK on all providers.
There may be an even more secure file name encryption mode in the
future which will address the long file name problem.
### Directory name encryption ###
Crypt offers the option of encrypting dir names or leaving them intact.
There are two options:
True
Encrypts the whole file path including directory names
Example:
`1/12/123.txt` is encrypted to
`p0e52nreeaj0a5ea7s64m4j72s/l42g6771hnv3an9cgc8cr2n1ng/qgm4avr35m5loi1th53ato71v0`
False
Only encrypts file names, skips directory names
Example:
`1/12/123.txt` is encrypted to
`1/12/qgm4avr35m5loi1th53ato71v0`
### Modified time and hashes ###
Crypt stores modification times using the underlying remote so support
depends on that.
Hashes are not stored for crypt. However the data integrity is
protected by an extremely strong crypto authenticator.
Note that you should use the `rclone cryptcheck` command to check the
integrity of a crypted remote instead of `rclone check` which can't
check the checksums properly.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/crypt/crypt.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to crypt (Encrypt/Decrypt a remote).
#### --crypt-remote
Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir",
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
- Config: remote
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_REMOTE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --crypt-filename-encryption
How to encrypt the filenames.
- Config: filename_encryption
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_FILENAME_ENCRYPTION
- Type: string
- Default: "standard"
- Examples:
- "off"
- Don't encrypt the file names. Adds a ".bin" extension only.
- "standard"
- Encrypt the filenames see the docs for the details.
- "obfuscate"
- Very simple filename obfuscation.
#### --crypt-directory-name-encryption
Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact.
- Config: directory_name_encryption
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_DIRECTORY_NAME_ENCRYPTION
- Type: bool
- Default: true
- Examples:
- "true"
- Encrypt directory names.
- "false"
- Don't encrypt directory names, leave them intact.
#### --crypt-password
Password or pass phrase for encryption.
- Config: password
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_PASSWORD
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --crypt-password2
Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
Should be different to the previous password.
- Config: password2
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_PASSWORD2
- Type: string
- Default: ""
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to crypt (Encrypt/Decrypt a remote).
#### --crypt-show-mapping
For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
If this flag is set then for each file that the remote is asked to
list, it will log (at level INFO) a line stating the decrypted file
name and the encrypted file name.
This is so you can work out which encrypted names are which decrypted
names just in case you need to do something with the encrypted file
names, or for debugging purposes.
- Config: show_mapping
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_SHOW_MAPPING
- Type: bool
- Default: false
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
## Backing up a crypted remote ##
If you wish to backup a crypted remote, it it recommended that you use
`rclone sync` on the encrypted files, and make sure the passwords are
the same in the new encrypted remote.
This will have the following advantages
* `rclone sync` will check the checksums while copying
* you can use `rclone check` between the encrypted remotes
* you don't decrypt and encrypt unnecessarily
For example, let's say you have your original remote at `remote:` with
the encrypted version at `eremote:` with path `remote:crypt`. You
would then set up the new remote `remote2:` and then the encrypted
version `eremote2:` with path `remote2:crypt` using the same passwords
as `eremote:`.
To sync the two remotes you would do
rclone sync remote:crypt remote2:crypt
And to check the integrity you would do
rclone check remote:crypt remote2:crypt
## File formats ##
### File encryption ###
Files are encrypted 1:1 source file to destination object. The file
has a header and is divided into chunks.
#### Header ####
* 8 bytes magic string `RCLONE\x00\x00`
* 24 bytes Nonce (IV)
The initial nonce is generated from the operating systems crypto
strong random number generator. The nonce is incremented for each
chunk read making sure each nonce is unique for each block written.
The chance of a nonce being re-used is minuscule. If you wrote an
exabyte of data (10¹⁸ bytes) you would have a probability of
approximately 2×10⁻³² of re-using a nonce.
#### Chunk ####
Each chunk will contain 64kB of data, except for the last one which
may have less data. The data chunk is in standard NACL secretbox
format. Secretbox uses XSalsa20 and Poly1305 to encrypt and
authenticate messages.
Each chunk contains:
* 16 Bytes of Poly1305 authenticator
* 1 - 65536 bytes XSalsa20 encrypted data
64k chunk size was chosen as the best performing chunk size (the
authenticator takes too much time below this and the performance drops
off due to cache effects above this). Note that these chunks are
buffered in memory so they can't be too big.
This uses a 32 byte (256 bit key) key derived from the user password.
#### Examples ####
1 byte file will encrypt to
* 32 bytes header
* 17 bytes data chunk
49 bytes total
1MB (1048576 bytes) file will encrypt to
* 32 bytes header
* 16 chunks of 65568 bytes
1049120 bytes total (a 0.05% overhead). This is the overhead for big
files.
### Name encryption ###
File names are encrypted segment by segment - the path is broken up
into `/` separated strings and these are encrypted individually.
File segments are padded using using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes
before encryption.
They are then encrypted with EME using AES with 256 bit key. EME
(ECB-Mix-ECB) is a wide-block encryption mode presented in the 2003
paper "A Parallelizable Enciphering Mode" by Halevi and Rogaway.
This makes for deterministic encryption which is what we want - the
same filename must encrypt to the same thing otherwise we can't find
it on the cloud storage system.
This means that
* filenames with the same name will encrypt the same
* filenames which start the same won't have a common prefix
This uses a 32 byte key (256 bits) and a 16 byte (128 bits) IV both of
which are derived from the user password.
After encryption they are written out using a modified version of
standard `base32` encoding as described in RFC4648. The standard
encoding is modified in two ways:
* it becomes lower case (no-one likes upper case filenames!)
* we strip the padding character `=`
`base32` is used rather than the more efficient `base64` so rclone can be
used on case insensitive remotes (eg Windows, Amazon Drive).
### Key derivation ###
Rclone uses `scrypt` with parameters `N=16384, r=8, p=1` with an
optional user supplied salt (password2) to derive the 32+32+16 = 80
bytes of key material required. If the user doesn't supply a salt
then rclone uses an internal one.
`scrypt` makes it impractical to mount a dictionary attack on rclone
encrypted data. For full protection against this you should always use
a salt.
Dropbox
---------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
Dropbox paths may be as deep as required, eg
`remote:directory/subdirectory`.
The initial setup for dropbox involves getting a token from Dropbox
which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you
through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
q) Quit config
e/n/d/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
7 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
8 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
9 / Local Disk
\ "local"
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
13 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
Storage> 4
Dropbox App Key - leave blank normally.
app_key>
Dropbox App Secret - leave blank normally.
app_secret>
Remote config
Please visit:
https://www.dropbox.com/1/oauth2/authorize?client_id=XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX&response_type=code
Enter the code: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX_XXXXXXXXXX
--------------------
[remote]
app_key =
app_secret =
token = XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX_XXXX_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
You can then use it like this,
List directories in top level of your dropbox
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your dropbox
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to a dropbox directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### Dropbox for business ###
Rclone supports Dropbox for business and Team Folders.
When using Dropbox for business `remote:` and `remote:path/to/file`
will refer to your personal folder.
If you wish to see Team Folders you must use a leading `/` in the
path, so `rclone lsd remote:/` will refer to the root and show you all
Team Folders and your User Folder.
You can then use team folders like this `remote:/TeamFolder` and
`remote:/TeamFolder/path/to/file`.
A leading `/` for a Dropbox personal account will do nothing, but it
will take an extra HTTP transaction so it should be avoided.
### Modified time and Hashes ###
Dropbox supports modified times, but the only way to set a
modification time is to re-upload the file.
This means that if you uploaded your data with an older version of
rclone which didn't support the v2 API and modified times, rclone will
decide to upload all your old data to fix the modification times. If
you don't want this to happen use `--size-only` or `--checksum` flag
to stop it.
Dropbox supports [its own hash
type](https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash) which
is checked for all transfers.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/dropbox/dropbox.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to dropbox (Dropbox).
#### --dropbox-client-id
Dropbox App Client Id
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --dropbox-client-secret
Dropbox App Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string
- Default: ""
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to dropbox (Dropbox).
#### --dropbox-chunk-size
Upload chunk size. (< 150M).
Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of this size.
Note that chunks are buffered in memory (one at a time) so rclone can
deal with retries. Setting this larger will increase the speed
slightly (at most 10% for 128MB in tests) at the cost of using more
memory. It can be set smaller if you are tight on memory.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 48M
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
Note that Dropbox is case insensitive so you can't have a file called
"Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
There are some file names such as `thumbs.db` which Dropbox can't
store. There is a full list of them in the ["Ignored Files" section
of this document](https://www.dropbox.com/en/help/145). Rclone will
issue an error message `File name disallowed - not uploading` if it
attempts to upload one of those file names, but the sync won't fail.
If you have more than 10,000 files in a directory then `rclone purge
dropbox:dir` will return the error `Failed to purge: There are too
many files involved in this operation`. As a work-around do an
`rclone delete dropbox:dir` followed by an `rclone rmdir dropbox:dir`.
FTP
------------------------------
FTP is the File Transfer Protocol. FTP support is provided using the
[github.com/jlaffaye/ftp](https://godoc.org/github.com/jlaffaye/ftp)
package.
Here is an example of making an FTP configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process. An FTP remote only
needs a host together with and a username and a password. With anonymous FTP
server, you will need to use `anonymous` as username and your email address as
the password.
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/r/c/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
6 / FTP Connection
\ "ftp"
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
8 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
9 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
10 / Local Disk
\ "local"
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
13 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
14 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
Storage> ftp
FTP host to connect to
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Connect to ftp.example.com
\ "ftp.example.com"
host> ftp.example.com
FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
user>
FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
port>
FTP password
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
host = ftp.example.com
user =
port =
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
See all directories in the home directory
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new directory
rclone mkdir remote:path/to/directory
List the contents of a directory
rclone ls remote:path/to/directory
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote directory, deleting any
excess files in the directory.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory
### Modified time ###
FTP does not support modified times. Any times you see on the server
will be time of upload.
### Checksums ###
FTP does not support any checksums.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/ftp/ftp.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to ftp (FTP Connection).
#### --ftp-host
FTP host to connect to
- Config: host
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_HOST
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "ftp.example.com"
- Connect to ftp.example.com
#### --ftp-user
FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
- Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_USER
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --ftp-port
FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
- Config: port
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_PORT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --ftp-pass
FTP password
- Config: pass
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_PASS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
Note that since FTP isn't HTTP based the following flags don't work
with it: `--dump-headers`, `--dump-bodies`, `--dump-auth`
Note that `--timeout` isn't supported (but `--contimeout` is).
Note that `--bind` isn't supported.
FTP could support server side move but doesn't yet.
Google Cloud Storage
-------------------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:bucket` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:bucket/path/to/dir`.
The initial setup for google cloud storage involves getting a token from Google Cloud Storage
which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you
through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
q) Quit config
e/n/d/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
7 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
8 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
9 / Local Disk
\ "local"
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
13 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
Storage> 6
Google Application Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Google Application Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Project number optional - needed only for list/create/delete buckets - see your developer console.
project_number> 12345678
Service Account Credentials JSON file path - needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
service_account_file>
Access Control List for new objects.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
\ "authenticatedRead"
2 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get OWNER access.
\ "bucketOwnerFullControl"
3 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get READER access.
\ "bucketOwnerRead"
4 / Object owner gets OWNER access [default if left blank].
\ "private"
5 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team members get access according to their roles.
\ "projectPrivate"
6 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.
\ "publicRead"
object_acl> 4
Access Control List for new buckets.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
\ "authenticatedRead"
2 / Project team owners get OWNER access [default if left blank].
\ "private"
3 / Project team members get access according to their roles.
\ "projectPrivate"
4 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.
\ "publicRead"
5 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get WRITER access.
\ "publicReadWrite"
bucket_acl> 2
Location for the newly created buckets.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Empty for default location (US).
\ ""
2 / Multi-regional location for Asia.
\ "asia"
3 / Multi-regional location for Europe.
\ "eu"
4 / Multi-regional location for United States.
\ "us"
5 / Taiwan.
\ "asia-east1"
6 / Tokyo.
\ "asia-northeast1"
7 / Singapore.
\ "asia-southeast1"
8 / Sydney.
\ "australia-southeast1"
9 / Belgium.
\ "europe-west1"
10 / London.
\ "europe-west2"
11 / Iowa.
\ "us-central1"
12 / South Carolina.
\ "us-east1"
13 / Northern Virginia.
\ "us-east4"
14 / Oregon.
\ "us-west1"
location> 12
The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Default
\ ""
2 / Multi-regional storage class
\ "MULTI_REGIONAL"
3 / Regional storage class
\ "REGIONAL"
4 / Nearline storage class
\ "NEARLINE"
5 / Coldline storage class
\ "COLDLINE"
6 / Durable reduced availability storage class
\ "DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY"
storage_class> 5
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine or Y didn't work
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
type = google cloud storage
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"AccessToken":"xxxx.xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","RefreshToken":"x/xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxx","Expiry":"2014-07-17T20:49:14.929208288+01:00","Extra":null}
project_number = 12345678
object_acl = private
bucket_acl = private
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Google if you use auto config mode. This only
runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back
the verification code. This is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this
it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host
firewall, or use manual mode.
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
See all the buckets in your project
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new bucket
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
List the contents of a bucket
rclone ls remote:bucket
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote bucket, deleting any excess
files in the bucket.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
### Service Account support ###
You can set up rclone with Google Cloud Storage in an unattended mode,
i.e. not tied to a specific end-user Google account. This is useful
when you want to synchronise files onto machines that don't have
actively logged-in users, for example build machines.
To get credentials for Google Cloud Platform
[IAM Service Accounts](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts),
please head to the
[Service Account](https://console.cloud.google.com/permissions/serviceaccounts)
section of the Google Developer Console. Service Accounts behave just
like normal `User` permissions in
[Google Cloud Storage ACLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control),
so you can limit their access (e.g. make them read only). After
creating an account, a JSON file containing the Service Account's
credentials will be downloaded onto your machines. These credentials
are what rclone will use for authentication.
To use a Service Account instead of OAuth2 token flow, enter the path
to your Service Account credentials at the `service_account_file`
prompt and rclone won't use the browser based authentication
flow. If you'd rather stuff the contents of the credentials file into
the rclone config file, you can set `service_account_credentials` with
the actual contents of the file instead, or set the equivalent
environment variable.
### --fast-list ###
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
### Modified time ###
Google google cloud storage stores md5sums natively and rclone stores
modification times as metadata on the object, under the "mtime" key in
RFC3339 format accurate to 1ns.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/googlecloudstorage/googlecloudstorage.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to google cloud storage (Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)).
#### --gcs-client-id
Google Application Client Id
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --gcs-client-secret
Google Application Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --gcs-project-number
Project number.
Optional - needed only for list/create/delete buckets - see your developer console.
- Config: project_number
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_PROJECT_NUMBER
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --gcs-service-account-file
Service Account Credentials JSON file path
Leave blank normally.
Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
- Config: service_account_file
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_FILE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --gcs-service-account-credentials
Service Account Credentials JSON blob
Leave blank normally.
Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
- Config: service_account_credentials
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --gcs-object-acl
Access Control List for new objects.
- Config: object_acl
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_OBJECT_ACL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "authenticatedRead"
- Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
- "bucketOwnerFullControl"
- Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get OWNER access.
- "bucketOwnerRead"
- Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get READER access.
- "private"
- Object owner gets OWNER access [default if left blank].
- "projectPrivate"
- Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team members get access according to their roles.
- "publicRead"
- Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.
#### --gcs-bucket-acl
Access Control List for new buckets.
- Config: bucket_acl
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_BUCKET_ACL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "authenticatedRead"
- Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
- "private"
- Project team owners get OWNER access [default if left blank].
- "projectPrivate"
- Project team members get access according to their roles.
- "publicRead"
- Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.
- "publicReadWrite"
- Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get WRITER access.
#### --gcs-location
Location for the newly created buckets.
- Config: location
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_LOCATION
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- Empty for default location (US).
- "asia"
- Multi-regional location for Asia.
- "eu"
- Multi-regional location for Europe.
- "us"
- Multi-regional location for United States.
- "asia-east1"
- Taiwan.
- "asia-northeast1"
- Tokyo.
- "asia-southeast1"
- Singapore.
- "australia-southeast1"
- Sydney.
- "europe-west1"
- Belgium.
- "europe-west2"
- London.
- "us-central1"
- Iowa.
- "us-east1"
- South Carolina.
- "us-east4"
- Northern Virginia.
- "us-west1"
- Oregon.
#### --gcs-storage-class
The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
- Config: storage_class
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_STORAGE_CLASS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- Default
- "MULTI_REGIONAL"
- Multi-regional storage class
- "REGIONAL"
- Regional storage class
- "NEARLINE"
- Nearline storage class
- "COLDLINE"
- Coldline storage class
- "DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY"
- Durable reduced availability storage class
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
Google Drive
-----------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `drive:path`
Drive paths may be as deep as required, eg `drive:directory/subdirectory`.
The initial setup for drive involves getting a token from Google drive
which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you
through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/r/c/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
10 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
[snip]
Storage> drive
Google Application Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Google Application Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Full access all files, excluding Application Data Folder.
\ "drive"
2 / Read-only access to file metadata and file contents.
\ "drive.readonly"
/ Access to files created by rclone only.
3 | These are visible in the drive website.
| File authorization is revoked when the user deauthorizes the app.
\ "drive.file"
/ Allows read and write access to the Application Data folder.
4 | This is not visible in the drive website.
\ "drive.appfolder"
/ Allows read-only access to file metadata but
5 | does not allow any access to read or download file content.
\ "drive.metadata.readonly"
scope> 1
ID of the root folder - leave blank normally. Fill in to access "Computers" folders. (see docs).
root_folder_id>
Service Account Credentials JSON file path - needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
service_account_file>
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine or Y didn't work
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
Configure this as a team drive?
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
scope = drive
root_folder_id =
service_account_file =
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"Bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2014-03-16T13:57:58.955387075Z"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Google if you use auto config mode. This only
runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back
the verification code. This is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this
it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host
firewall, or use manual mode.
You can then use it like this,
List directories in top level of your drive
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your drive
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to a drive directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### Scopes ###
Rclone allows you to select which scope you would like for rclone to
use. This changes what type of token is granted to rclone. [The
scopes are defined
here.](https://developers.google.com/drive/v3/web/about-auth).
The scope are
#### drive ####
This is the default scope and allows full access to all files, except
for the Application Data Folder (see below).
Choose this one if you aren't sure.
#### drive.readonly ####
This allows read only access to all files. Files may be listed and
downloaded but not uploaded, renamed or deleted.
#### drive.file ####
With this scope rclone can read/view/modify only those files and
folders it creates.
So if you uploaded files to drive via the web interface (or any other
means) they will not be visible to rclone.
This can be useful if you are using rclone to backup data and you want
to be sure confidential data on your drive is not visible to rclone.
Files created with this scope are visible in the web interface.
#### drive.appfolder ####
This gives rclone its own private area to store files. Rclone will
not be able to see any other files on your drive and you won't be able
to see rclone's files from the web interface either.
#### drive.metadata.readonly ####
This allows read only access to file names only. It does not allow
rclone to download or upload data, or rename or delete files or
directories.
### Root folder ID ###
You can set the `root_folder_id` for rclone. This is the directory
(identified by its `Folder ID`) that rclone considers to be a the root
of your drive.
Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the
correct root to use itself.
However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder
hierarchy or to access data within the "Computers" tab on the drive
web interface (where files from Google's Backup and Sync desktop
program go).
In order to do this you will have to find the `Folder ID` of the
directory you wish rclone to display. This will be the last segment
of the URL when you open the relevant folder in the drive web
interface.
So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like
`https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1XyfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxKHCh`
in the browser, then you use `1XyfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxKHCh` as
the `root_folder_id` in the config.
**NB** folders under the "Computers" tab seem to be read only (drive
gives a 500 error) when using rclone.
There doesn't appear to be an API to discover the folder IDs of the
"Computers" tab - please contact us if you know otherwise!
Note also that rclone can't access any data under the "Backups" tab on
the google drive web interface yet.
### Service Account support ###
You can set up rclone with Google Drive in an unattended mode,
i.e. not tied to a specific end-user Google account. This is useful
when you want to synchronise files onto machines that don't have
actively logged-in users, for example build machines.
To use a Service Account instead of OAuth2 token flow, enter the path
to your Service Account credentials at the `service_account_file`
prompt during `rclone config` and rclone won't use the browser based
authentication flow. If you'd rather stuff the contents of the
credentials file into the rclone config file, you can set
`service_account_credentials` with the actual contents of the file
instead, or set the equivalent environment variable.
#### Use case - Google Apps/G-suite account and individual Drive ####
Let's say that you are the administrator of a Google Apps (old) or
G-suite account.
The goal is to store data on an individual's Drive account, who IS
a member of the domain.
We'll call the domain **example.com**, and the user
**foo@example.com**.
There's a few steps we need to go through to accomplish this:
##### 1. Create a service account for example.com #####
- To create a service account and obtain its credentials, go to the
[Google Developer Console](https://console.developers.google.com).
- You must have a project - create one if you don't.
- Then go to "IAM & admin" -> "Service Accounts".
- Use the "Create Credentials" button. Fill in "Service account name"
with something that identifies your client. "Role" can be empty.
- Tick "Furnish a new private key" - select "Key type JSON".
- Tick "Enable G Suite Domain-wide Delegation". This option makes
"impersonation" possible, as documented here:
[Delegating domain-wide authority to the service account](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2ServiceAccount#delegatingauthority)
- These credentials are what rclone will use for authentication.
If you ever need to remove access, press the "Delete service
account key" button.
##### 2. Allowing API access to example.com Google Drive #####
- Go to example.com's admin console
- Go into "Security" (or use the search bar)
- Select "Show more" and then "Advanced settings"
- Select "Manage API client access" in the "Authentication" section
- In the "Client Name" field enter the service account's
"Client ID" - this can be found in the Developer Console under
"IAM & Admin" -> "Service Accounts", then "View Client ID" for
the newly created service account.
It is a ~21 character numerical string.
- In the next field, "One or More API Scopes", enter
`https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive`
to grant access to Google Drive specifically.
##### 3. Configure rclone, assuming a new install #####
```
rclone config
n/s/q> n # New
name>gdrive # Gdrive is an example name
Storage> # Select the number shown for Google Drive
client_id> # Can be left blank
client_secret> # Can be left blank
scope> # Select your scope, 1 for example
root_folder_id> # Can be left blank
service_account_file> /home/foo/myJSONfile.json # This is where the JSON file goes!
y/n> # Auto config, y
```
##### 4. Verify that it's working #####
- `rclone -v --drive-impersonate foo@example.com lsf gdrive:backup`
- The arguments do:
- `-v` - verbose logging
- `--drive-impersonate foo@example.com` - this is what does
the magic, pretending to be user foo.
- `lsf` - list files in a parsing friendly way
- `gdrive:backup` - use the remote called gdrive, work in
the folder named backup.
### Team drives ###
If you want to configure the remote to point to a Google Team Drive
then answer `y` to the question `Configure this as a team drive?`.
This will fetch the list of Team Drives from google and allow you to
configure which one you want to use. You can also type in a team
drive ID if you prefer.
For example:
```
Configure this as a team drive?
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
Fetching team drive list...
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Rclone Test
\ "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx"
2 / Rclone Test 2
\ "yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy"
3 / Rclone Test 3
\ "zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz"
Enter a Team Drive ID> 1
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"AccessToken":"xxxx.x.xxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","RefreshToken":"1/xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","Expiry":"2014-03-16T13:57:58.955387075Z","Extra":null}
team_drive = xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
### --fast-list ###
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
It does this by combining multiple `list` calls into a single API request.
This works by combining many `'%s' in parents` filters into one expression.
To list the contents of directories a, b and c, the the following requests will be send by the regular `List` function:
```
trashed=false and 'a' in parents
trashed=false and 'b' in parents
trashed=false and 'c' in parents
```
These can now be combined into a single request:
```
trashed=false and ('a' in parents or 'b' in parents or 'c' in parents)
```
The implementation of `ListR` will put up to 50 `parents` filters into one request.
It will use the `--checkers` value to specify the number of requests to run in parallel.
In tests, these batch requests were up to 20x faster than the regular method.
Running the following command against different sized folders gives:
```
rclone lsjson -vv -R --checkers=6 gdrive:folder
```
small folder (220 directories, 700 files):
- without `--fast-list`: 38s
- with `--fast-list`: 10s
large folder (10600 directories, 39000 files):
- without `--fast-list`: 22:05 min
- with `--fast-list`: 58s
### Modified time ###
Google drive stores modification times accurate to 1 ms.
### Revisions ###
Google drive stores revisions of files. When you upload a change to
an existing file to google drive using rclone it will create a new
revision of that file.
Revisions follow the standard google policy which at time of writing
was
* They are deleted after 30 days or 100 revisions (whatever comes first).
* They do not count towards a user storage quota.
### Deleting files ###
By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting
files. If deleting them permanently is required then use the
`--drive-use-trash=false` flag, or set the equivalent environment
variable.
### Emptying trash ###
If you wish to empty your trash you can use the `rclone cleanup remote:`
command which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This command
does not take any path arguments.
### Quota information ###
To view your current quota you can use the `rclone about remote:`
command which will display your usage limit (quota), the usage in Google
Drive, the size of all files in the Trash and the space used by other
Google services such as Gmail. This command does not take any path
arguments.
#### Import/Export of google documents ####
Google documents can be exported from and uploaded to Google Drive.
When rclone downloads a Google doc it chooses a format to download
depending upon the `--drive-export-formats` setting.
By default the export formats are `docx,xlsx,pptx,svg` which are a
sensible default for an editable document.
When choosing a format, rclone runs down the list provided in order
and chooses the first file format the doc can be exported as from the
list. If the file can't be exported to a format on the formats list,
then rclone will choose a format from the default list.
If you prefer an archive copy then you might use `--drive-export-formats
pdf`, or if you prefer openoffice/libreoffice formats you might use
`--drive-export-formats ods,odt,odp`.
Note that rclone adds the extension to the google doc, so if it is
calles `My Spreadsheet` on google docs, it will be exported as `My
Spreadsheet.xlsx` or `My Spreadsheet.pdf` etc.
When importing files into Google Drive, rclone will conververt all
files with an extension in `--drive-import-formats` to their
associated document type.
rclone will not convert any files by default, since the conversion
is lossy process.
The conversion must result in a file with the same extension when
the `--drive-export-formats` rules are applied to the uploded document.
Here are some examples for allowed and prohibited conversions.
| export-formats | import-formats | Upload Ext | Document Ext | Allowed |
| -------------- | -------------- | ---------- | ------------ | ------- |
| odt | odt | odt | odt | Yes |
| odt | docx,odt | odt | odt | Yes |
| | docx | docx | docx | Yes |
| | odt | odt | docx | No |
| odt,docx | docx,odt | docx | odt | No |
| docx,odt | docx,odt | docx | docx | Yes |
| docx,odt | docx,odt | odt | docx | No |
This limitation can be disabled by specifying `--drive-allow-import-name-change`.
When using this flag, rclone can convert multiple files types resulting
in the same document type at once, eg with `--drive-import-formats docx,odt,txt`,
all files having these extension would result in a doument represented as a docx file.
This brings the additional risk of overwriting a document, if multiple files
have the same stem. Many rclone operations will not handle this name change
in any way. They assume an equal name when copying files and might copy the
file again or delete them when the name changes.
Here are the possible export extensions with their corresponding mime types.
Most of these can also be used for importing, but there more that are not
listed here. Some of these additional ones might only be available when
the operating system provides the correct MIME type entries.
This list can be changed by Google Drive at any time and might not
represent the currently available converions.
| Extension | Mime Type | Description |
| --------- |-----------| ------------|
| csv | text/csv | Standard CSV format for Spreadsheets |
| docx | application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document | Microsoft Office Document |
| epub | application/epub+zip | E-book format |
| html | text/html | An HTML Document |
| jpg | image/jpeg | A JPEG Image File |
| json | application/vnd.google-apps.script+json | JSON Text Format |
| odp | application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation | Openoffice Presentation |
| ods | application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet | Openoffice Spreadsheet |
| ods | application/x-vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet | Openoffice Spreadsheet |
| odt | application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text | Openoffice Document |
| pdf | application/pdf | Adobe PDF Format |
| png | image/png | PNG Image Format|
| pptx | application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation | Microsoft Office Powerpoint |
| rtf | application/rtf | Rich Text Format |
| svg | image/svg+xml | Scalable Vector Graphics Format |
| tsv | text/tab-separated-values | Standard TSV format for spreadsheets |
| txt | text/plain | Plain Text |
| xlsx | application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet | Microsoft Office Spreadsheet |
| zip | application/zip | A ZIP file of HTML, Images CSS |
Google douments can also be exported as link files. These files will
open a browser window for the Google Docs website of that dument
when opened. The link file extension has to be specified as a
`--drive-export-formats` parameter. They will match all available
Google Documents.
| Extension | Description | OS Support |
| --------- | ----------- | ---------- |
| desktop | freedesktop.org specified desktop entry | Linux |
| link.html | An HTML Document with a redirect | All |
| url | INI style link file | macOS, Windows |
| webloc | macOS specific XML format | macOS |
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/drive/drive.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to drive (Google Drive).
#### --drive-client-id
Google Application Client Id
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-client-secret
Google Application Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-scope
Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
- Config: scope
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SCOPE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "drive"
- Full access all files, excluding Application Data Folder.
- "drive.readonly"
- Read-only access to file metadata and file contents.
- "drive.file"
- Access to files created by rclone only.
- These are visible in the drive website.
- File authorization is revoked when the user deauthorizes the app.
- "drive.appfolder"
- Allows read and write access to the Application Data folder.
- This is not visible in the drive website.
- "drive.metadata.readonly"
- Allows read-only access to file metadata but
- does not allow any access to read or download file content.
#### --drive-root-folder-id
ID of the root folder
Leave blank normally.
Fill in to access "Computers" folders. (see docs).
- Config: root_folder_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-service-account-file
Service Account Credentials JSON file path
Leave blank normally.
Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
- Config: service_account_file
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_FILE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to drive (Google Drive).
#### --drive-service-account-credentials
Service Account Credentials JSON blob
Leave blank normally.
Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
- Config: service_account_credentials
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-team-drive
ID of the Team Drive
- Config: team_drive
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TEAM_DRIVE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-auth-owner-only
Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
- Config: auth_owner_only
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_AUTH_OWNER_ONLY
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-use-trash
Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently.
Defaults to true, namely sending files to the trash.
Use `--drive-use-trash=false` to delete files permanently instead.
- Config: use_trash
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_TRASH
- Type: bool
- Default: true
#### --drive-skip-gdocs
Skip google documents in all listings.
If given, gdocs practically become invisible to rclone.
- Config: skip_gdocs
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_GDOCS
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-shared-with-me
Only show files that are shared with me.
Instructs rclone to operate on your "Shared with me" folder (where
Google Drive lets you access the files and folders others have shared
with you).
This works both with the "list" (lsd, lsl, etc) and the "copy"
commands (copy, sync, etc), and with all other commands too.
- Config: shared_with_me
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SHARED_WITH_ME
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-trashed-only
Only show files that are in the trash.
This will show trashed files in their original directory structure.
- Config: trashed_only
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TRASHED_ONLY
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-formats
Deprecated: see export_formats
- Config: formats
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_FORMATS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-export-formats
Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs.
- Config: export_formats
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_EXPORT_FORMATS
- Type: string
- Default: "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg"
#### --drive-import-formats
Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
- Config: import_formats
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_IMPORT_FORMATS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-allow-import-name-change
Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
- Config: allow_import_name_change
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ALLOW_IMPORT_NAME_CHANGE
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-use-created-date
Use file created date instead of modified date.,
Useful when downloading data and you want the creation date used in
place of the last modified date.
**WARNING**: This flag may have some unexpected consequences.
When uploading to your drive all files will be overwritten unless they
haven't been modified since their creation. And the inverse will occur
while downloading. This side effect can be avoided by using the
"--checksum" flag.
This feature was implemented to retain photos capture date as recorded
by google photos. You will first need to check the "Create a Google
Photos folder" option in your google drive settings. You can then copy
or move the photos locally and use the date the image was taken
(created) set as the modification date.
- Config: use_created_date
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_CREATED_DATE
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-list-chunk
Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable.
- Config: list_chunk
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_LIST_CHUNK
- Type: int
- Default: 1000
#### --drive-impersonate
Impersonate this user when using a service account.
- Config: impersonate
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_IMPERSONATE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-alternate-export
Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
If this option is set this instructs rclone to use an alternate set of
export URLs for drive documents. Users have reported that the
official export URLs can't export large documents, whereas these
unofficial ones can.
See rclone issue [#2243](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2243) for background,
[this google drive issue](https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/36761333) and
[this helpful post](https://www.labnol.org/internet/direct-links-for-google-drive/28356/).
- Config: alternate_export
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ALTERNATE_EXPORT
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload
- Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 8M
#### --drive-chunk-size
Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k.
Making this larger will improve performance, but note that each chunk
is buffered in memory one per transfer.
Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 8M
#### --drive-acknowledge-abuse
Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
If downloading a file returns the error "This file has been identified
as malware or spam and cannot be downloaded" with the error code
"cannotDownloadAbusiveFile" then supply this flag to rclone to
indicate you acknowledge the risks of downloading the file and rclone
will download it anyway.
- Config: acknowledge_abuse
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ACKNOWLEDGE_ABUSE
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-keep-revision-forever
Keep new head revision of each file forever.
- Config: keep_revision_forever
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_KEEP_REVISION_FOREVER
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-v2-download-min-size
If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download.
- Config: v2_download_min_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_V2_DOWNLOAD_MIN_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: off
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
Drive has quite a lot of rate limiting. This causes rclone to be
limited to transferring about 2 files per second only. Individual
files may be transferred much faster at 100s of MBytes/s but lots of
small files can take a long time.
Server side copies are also subject to a separate rate limit. If you
see User rate limit exceeded errors, wait at least 24 hours and retry.
You can disable server side copies with `--disable copy` to download
and upload the files if you prefer.
#### Limitations of Google Docs ####
Google docs will appear as size -1 in `rclone ls` and as size 0 in
anything which uses the VFS layer, eg `rclone mount`, `rclone serve`.
This is because rclone can't find out the size of the Google docs
without downloading them.
Google docs will transfer correctly with `rclone sync`, `rclone copy`
etc as rclone knows to ignore the size when doing the transfer.
However an unfortunate consequence of this is that you can't download
Google docs using `rclone mount` - you will get a 0 sized file. If
you try again the doc may gain its correct size and be downloadable.
### Duplicated files ###
Sometimes, for no reason I've been able to track down, drive will
duplicate a file that rclone uploads. Drive unlike all the other
remotes can have duplicated files.
Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see
messages in the log about duplicates.
Use `rclone dedupe` to fix duplicated files.
Note that this isn't just a problem with rclone, even Google Photos on
Android duplicates files on drive sometimes.
### Rclone appears to be re-copying files it shouldn't ###
The most likely cause of this is the duplicated file issue above - run
`rclone dedupe` and check your logs for duplicate object or directory
messages.
### Making your own client_id ###
When you use rclone with Google drive in its default configuration you
are using rclone's client_id. This is shared between all the rclone
users. There is a global rate limit on the number of queries per
second that each client_id can do set by Google. rclone already has a
high quota and I will continue to make sure it is high enough by
contacting Google.
However you might find you get better performance making your own
client_id if you are a heavy user. Or you may not depending on exactly
how Google have been raising rclone's rate limit.
Here is how to create your own Google Drive client ID for rclone:
1. Log into the [Google API
Console](https://console.developers.google.com/) with your Google
account. It doesn't matter what Google account you use. (It need not
be the same account as the Google Drive you want to access)
2. Select a project or create a new project.
3. Under "ENABLE APIS AND SERVICES" search for "Drive", and enable the
then "Google Drive API".
4. Click "Credentials" in the left-side panel (not "Create
credentials", which opens the wizard), then "Create credentials", then
"OAuth client ID". It will prompt you to set the OAuth consent screen
product name, if you haven't set one already.
5. Choose an application type of "other", and click "Create". (the
default name is fine)
6. It will show you a client ID and client secret. Use these values
in rclone config to add a new remote or edit an existing remote.
(Thanks to @balazer on github for these instructions.)
HTTP
-------------------------------------------------
The HTTP remote is a read only remote for reading files of a
webserver. The webserver should provide file listings which rclone
will read and turn into a remote. This has been tested with common
webservers such as Apache/Nginx/Caddy and will likely work with file
listings from most web servers. (If it doesn't then please file an
issue, or send a pull request!)
Paths are specified as `remote:` or `remote:path/to/dir`.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First
run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
6 / FTP Connection
\ "ftp"
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
8 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
9 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
10 / Local Disk
\ "local"
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
13 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
14 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
15 / http Connection
\ "http"
Storage> http
URL of http host to connect to
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Connect to example.com
\ "https://example.com"
url> https://beta.rclone.org
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
url = https://beta.rclone.org
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:
Name Type
==== ====
remote http
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
```
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
See all the top level directories
rclone lsd remote:
List the contents of a directory
rclone ls remote:directory
Sync the remote `directory` to `/home/local/directory`, deleting any excess files.
rclone sync remote:directory /home/local/directory
### Read only ###
This remote is read only - you can't upload files to an HTTP server.
### Modified time ###
Most HTTP servers store time accurate to 1 second.
### Checksum ###
No checksums are stored.
### Usage without a config file ###
Since the http remote only has one config parameter it is easy to use
without a config file:
rclone lsd --http-url https://beta.rclone.org :http:
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/http/http.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to http (http Connection).
#### --http-url
URL of http host to connect to
- Config: url
- Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_URL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "https://example.com"
- Connect to example.com
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
Hubic
-----------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
Paths are specified as `remote:container` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:container/path/to/dir`.
The initial setup for Hubic involves getting a token from Hubic which
you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
n/s> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
7 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
8 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
9 / Local Disk
\ "local"
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
13 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
Storage> 8
Hubic Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Hubic Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"access_token":"XXXXXX"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Hubic. This only runs from the moment it opens
your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This
is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this it may require you to unblock
it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List containers in the top level of your Hubic
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your Hubic
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an Hubic directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
If you want the directory to be visible in the official *Hubic
browser*, you need to copy your files to the `default` directory
rclone copy /home/source remote:default/backup
### --fast-list ###
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
### Modified time ###
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
`X-Object-Meta-Mtime` as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1
ns.
This is a defacto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient
amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.
Note that Hubic wraps the Swift backend, so most of the properties of
are the same.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/hubic/hubic.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to hubic (Hubic).
#### --hubic-client-id
Hubic Client Id
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --hubic-client-secret
Hubic Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string
- Default: ""
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to hubic (Hubic).
#### --hubic-chunk-size
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container.
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The
default for this is 5GB which is its maximum value.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 5G
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
This uses the normal OpenStack Swift mechanism to refresh the Swift
API credentials and ignores the expires field returned by the Hubic
API.
The Swift API doesn't return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files
(Dynamic or Static Large Objects) so rclone won't check or use the
MD5SUM for these.
Jottacloud
-----------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
To configure Jottacloud you will need to enter your username and password and select a mountpoint.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
13 / JottaCloud
\ "jottacloud"
[snip]
Storage> jottacloud
User Name
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
user> user
Password.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
The mountpoint to use.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Will be synced by the official client.
\ "Sync"
2 / Archive
\ "Archive"
mountpoint> Archive
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = jottacloud
user = user
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
mountpoint = Archive
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List directories in top level of your Jottacloud
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your Jottacloud
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an Jottacloud directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### --fast-list ###
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
Note that the implementation in Jottacloud always uses only a single
API request to get the entire list, so for large folders this could
lead to long wait time before the first results are shown.
### Modified time and hashes ###
Jottacloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
not.
Jottacloud supports MD5 type hashes, so you can use the `--checksum`
flag.
Note that Jottacloud requires the MD5 hash before upload so if the
source does not have an MD5 checksum then the file will be cached
temporarily on disk (wherever the `TMPDIR` environment variable points
to) before it is uploaded. Small files will be cached in memory - see
the `--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit` flag.
### Deleting files ###
By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files.
Due to a lack of API documentation emptying the trash is currently
only possible via the Jottacloud website. If deleting permanently
is required then use the `--jottacloud-hard-delete` flag,
or set the equivalent environment variable.
### Versions ###
Jottacloud supports file versioning. When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a new version of it. Currently rclone only supports retrieving the current version but older versions can be accessed via the Jottacloud Website.
### Quota information ###
To view your current quota you can use the `rclone about remote:`
command which will display your usage limit (unless it is unlimited)
and the current usage.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/jottacloud/jottacloud.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to jottacloud (JottaCloud).
#### --jottacloud-user
User Name
- Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_USER
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --jottacloud-pass
Password.
- Config: pass
- Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_PASS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --jottacloud-mountpoint
The mountpoint to use.
- Config: mountpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_MOUNTPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "Sync"
- Will be synced by the official client.
- "Archive"
- Archive
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to jottacloud (JottaCloud).
#### --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit
Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required.
- Config: md5_memory_limit
- Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_MD5_MEMORY_LIMIT
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 10M
#### --jottacloud-hard-delete
Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
- Config: hard_delete
- Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_HARD_DELETE
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --jottacloud-unlink
Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
Default is false, meaning link command will create or retrieve public link.
- Config: unlink
- Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_UNLINK
- Type: bool
- Default: false
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
Note that Jottacloud is case insensitive so you can't have a file called
"Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
There are quite a few characters that can't be in Jottacloud file names. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a ? in it will be mapped to ？ instead.
Jottacloud only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
### Troubleshooting ###
Jottacloud exhibits some inconsistent behaviours regarding deleted files and folders which may cause Copy, Move and DirMove operations to previously deleted paths to fail. Emptying the trash should help in such cases.
Mega
-----------------------------------------
[Mega](https://mega.nz/) is a cloud storage and file hosting service
known for its security feature where all files are encrypted locally
before they are uploaded. This prevents anyone (including employees of
Mega) from accessing the files without knowledge of the key used for
encryption.
This is an rclone backend for Mega which supports the file transfer
features of Mega using the same client side encryption.
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Alias for a existing remote
\ "alias"
[snip]
14 / Mega
\ "mega"
[snip]
23 / http Connection
\ "http"
Storage> mega
User name
user> you@example.com
Password.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = mega
user = you@example.com
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List directories in top level of your Mega
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your Mega
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an Mega directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### Modified time and hashes ###
Mega does not support modification times or hashes yet.
### Duplicated files ###
Mega can have two files with exactly the same name and path (unlike a
normal file system).
Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see
messages in the log about duplicates.
Use `rclone dedupe` to fix duplicated files.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/mega/mega.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to mega (Mega).
#### --mega-user
User name
- Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_USER
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --mega-pass
Password.
- Config: pass
- Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_PASS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to mega (Mega).
#### --mega-debug
Output more debug from Mega.
If this flag is set (along with -vv) it will print further debugging
information from the mega backend.
- Config: debug
- Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_DEBUG
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --mega-hard-delete
Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
Normally the mega backend will put all deletions into the trash rather
than permanently deleting them. If you specify this then rclone will
permanently delete objects instead.
- Config: hard_delete
- Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_HARD_DELETE
- Type: bool
- Default: false
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
This backend uses the [go-mega go
library](https://github.com/t3rm1n4l/go-mega) which is an opensource
go library implementing the Mega API. There doesn't appear to be any
documentation for the mega protocol beyond the [mega C++
SDK](https://github.com/meganz/sdk) source code so there are likely
quite a few errors still remaining in this library.
Mega allows duplicate files which may confuse rclone.
Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
-----------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:container` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg
`remote:container/path/to/dir`.
Here is an example of making a Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
configuration. For a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Box
\ "box"
5 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
6 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
7 / FTP Connection
\ "ftp"
8 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
9 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
10 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
11 / Local Disk
\ "local"
12 / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
\ "azureblob"
13 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
14 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
15 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
16 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
17 / http Connection
\ "http"
Storage> azureblob
Storage Account Name
account> account_name
Storage Account Key
key> base64encodedkey==
Endpoint for the service - leave blank normally.
endpoint>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
account = account_name
key = base64encodedkey==
endpoint =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
See all containers
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new container
rclone mkdir remote:container
List the contents of a container
rclone ls remote:container
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote container, deleting any excess
files in the container.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:container
### --fast-list ###
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
### Modified time ###
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object with the `mtime`
key. It is stored using RFC3339 Format time with nanosecond
precision. The metadata is supplied during directory listings so
there is no overhead to using it.
### Hashes ###
MD5 hashes are stored with blobs. However blobs that were uploaded in
chunks only have an MD5 if the source remote was capable of MD5
hashes, eg the local disk.
### Authenticating with Azure Blob Storage
Rclone has 3 ways of authenticating with Azure Blob Storage:
#### Account and Key
This is the most straight forward and least flexible way. Just fill in the `account` and `key` lines and leave the rest blank.
#### SAS URL
This can be an account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL
To use it leave `account`, `key` blank and fill in `sas_url`.
Account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL can be obtained from Azure portal or Azure Storage Explorer.
To get a container level SAS URL right click on a container in the Azure Blob explorer in the Azure portal.
If You use container level SAS URL, rclone operations are permitted only on particular container, eg
rclone ls azureblob:container or rclone ls azureblob:
Since container name already exists in SAS URL, you can leave it empty as well.
However these will not work
rclone lsd azureblob:
rclone ls azureblob:othercontainer
This would be useful for temporarily allowing third parties access to a single container or putting credentials into an untrusted environment.
### Multipart uploads ###
Rclone supports multipart uploads with Azure Blob storage. Files
bigger than 256MB will be uploaded using chunked upload by default.
The files will be uploaded in parallel in 4MB chunks (by default).
Note that these chunks are buffered in memory and there may be up to
`--transfers` of them being uploaded at once.
Files can't be split into more than 50,000 chunks so by default, so
the largest file that can be uploaded with 4MB chunk size is 195GB.
Above this rclone will double the chunk size until it creates less
than 50,000 chunks. By default this will mean a maximum file size of
3.2TB can be uploaded. This can be raised to 5TB using
`--azureblob-chunk-size 100M`.
Note that rclone doesn't commit the block list until the end of the
upload which means that there is a limit of 9.5TB of multipart uploads
in progress as Azure won't allow more than that amount of uncommitted
blocks.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/azureblob/azureblob.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to azureblob (Microsoft Azure Blob Storage).
#### --azureblob-account
Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
- Config: account
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ACCOUNT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --azureblob-key
Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
- Config: key
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_KEY
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --azureblob-sas-url
SAS URL for container level access only
(leave blank if using account/key or connection string)
- Config: sas_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_SAS_URL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to azureblob (Microsoft Azure Blob Storage).
#### --azureblob-endpoint
Endpoint for the service
Leave blank normally.
- Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ENDPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --azureblob-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB).
- Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 256M
#### --azureblob-chunk-size
Upload chunk size (<= 100MB).
Note that this is stored in memory and there may be up to
"--transfers" chunks stored at once in memory.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 4M
#### --azureblob-list-chunk
Size of blob list.
This sets the number of blobs requested in each listing chunk. Default
is the maximum, 5000. "List blobs" requests are permitted 2 minutes
per megabyte to complete. If an operation is taking longer than 2
minutes per megabyte on average, it will time out (
[source](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/storageservices/setting-timeouts-for-blob-service-operations#exceptions-to-default-timeout-interval)
). This can be used to limit the number of blobs items to return, to
avoid the time out.
- Config: list_chunk
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_LIST_CHUNK
- Type: int
- Default: 5000
#### --azureblob-access-tier
Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
Archived blobs can be restored by setting access tier to hot or
cool. Leave blank if you intend to use default access tier, which is
set at account level
If there is no "access tier" specified, rclone doesn't apply any tier.
rclone performs "Set Tier" operation on blobs while uploading, if objects
are not modified, specifying "access tier" to new one will have no effect.
If blobs are in "archive tier" at remote, trying to perform data transfer
operations from remote will not be allowed. User should first restore by
tiering blob to "Hot" or "Cool".
- Config: access_tier
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ACCESS_TIER
- Type: string
- Default: ""
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
MD5 sums are only uploaded with chunked files if the source has an MD5
sum. This will always be the case for a local to azure copy.
Microsoft OneDrive
-----------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
The initial setup for OneDrive involves getting a token from
Microsoft which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks
you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
...
17 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
...
Storage> 17
Microsoft App Client Id
Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
client_id>
Microsoft App Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
client_secret>
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
1 / OneDrive Personal or Business
\ "onedrive"
2 / Sharepoint site
\ "sharepoint"
3 / Type in driveID
\ "driveid"
4 / Type in SiteID
\ "siteid"
5 / Search a Sharepoint site
\ "search"
Your choice> 1
Found 1 drives, please select the one you want to use:
0: OneDrive (business) id=b!Eqwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm-7mnbvcxzlkjhgfdsapoiuytrewqk
Chose drive to use:> 0
Found drive 'root' of type 'business', URL: https://org-my.sharepoint.com/personal/you/Documents
Is that okay?
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
--------------------
[remote]
type = onedrive
token = {"access_token":"youraccesstoken","token_type":"Bearer","refresh_token":"yourrefreshtoken","expiry":"2018-08-26T22:39:52.486512262+08:00"}
drive_id = b!Eqwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm-7mnbvcxzlkjhgfdsapoiuytrewqk
drive_type = business
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Microsoft. This only runs from the moment it
opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification
code. This is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this it may require
you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List directories in top level of your OneDrive
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your OneDrive
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an OneDrive directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### Getting your own Client ID and Key ###
rclone uses a pair of Client ID and Key shared by all rclone users when performing requests by default.
If you are having problems with them (E.g., seeing a lot of throttling), you can get your own
Client ID and Key by following the steps below:
1. Open https://apps.dev.microsoft.com/#/appList, then click `Add an app` (Choose `Converged applications` if applicable)
2. Enter a name for your app, and click continue. Copy and keep the `Application Id` under the app name for later use.
3. Under section `Application Secrets`, click `Generate New Password`. Copy and keep that password for later use.
4. Under section `Platforms`, click `Add platform`, then `Web`. Enter `http://localhost:53682/` in
`Redirect URLs`.
5. Under section `Microsoft Graph Permissions`, `Add` these `delegated permissions`:
`Files.Read`, `Files.ReadWrite`, `Files.Read.All`, `Files.ReadWrite.All`, `offline_access`, `User.Read`.
6. Scroll to the bottom and click `Save`.
Now the application is complete. Run `rclone config` to create or edit a OneDrive remote.
Supply the app ID and password as Client ID and Secret, respectively. rclone will walk you through the remaining steps.
### Modified time and hashes ###
OneDrive allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
not.
OneDrive personal supports SHA1 type hashes. OneDrive for business and
Sharepoint Server support
[QuickXorHash](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/onedrive/developer/code-snippets/quickxorhash).
For all types of OneDrive you can use the `--checksum` flag.
### Deleting files ###
Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Microsoft
doesn't provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the
trash, so you will have to do that with one of Microsoft's apps or via
the OneDrive website.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/onedrive/onedrive.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).
#### --onedrive-client-id
Microsoft App Client Id
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --onedrive-client-secret
Microsoft App Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string
- Default: ""
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).
#### --onedrive-chunk-size
Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k.
Above this size files will be chunked - must be multiple of 320k. Note
that the chunks will be buffered into memory.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 10M
#### --onedrive-drive-id
The ID of the drive to use
- Config: drive_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DRIVE_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --onedrive-drive-type
The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
- Config: drive_type
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DRIVE_TYPE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --onedrive-expose-onenote-files
Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
By default rclone will hide OneNote files in directory listings because
operations like "Open" and "Update" won't work on them. But this
behaviour may also prevent you from deleting them. If you want to
delete OneNote files or otherwise want them to show up in directory
listing, set this option.
- Config: expose_onenote_files
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_EXPOSE_ONENOTE_FILES
- Type: bool
- Default: false
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
Note that OneDrive is case insensitive so you can't have a
file called "Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
There are quite a few characters that can't be in OneDrive file
names. These can't occur on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows
platforms they are common. Rclone will map these names to and from an
identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a `?`
in it will be mapped to `？` instead.
The largest allowed file size is 10GiB (10,737,418,240 bytes).
### Versioning issue ###
Every change in OneDrive causes the service to create a new version.
This counts against a users quota.
For example changing the modification time of a file creates a second
version, so the file is using twice the space.
The `copy` is the only rclone command affected by this as we copy
the file and then afterwards set the modification time to match the
source file.
User [Weropol](https://github.com/Weropol) has found a method to disable
versioning on OneDrive
1. Open the settings menu by clicking on the gear symbol at the top of the OneDrive Business page.
2. Click Site settings.
3. Once on the Site settings page, navigate to Site Administration > Site libraries and lists.
4. Click Customize "Documents".
5. Click General Settings > Versioning Settings.
6. Under Document Version History select the option No versioning.
Note: This will disable the creation of new file versions, but will not remove any previous versions. Your documents are safe.
7. Apply the changes by clicking OK.
8. Use rclone to upload or modify files. (I also use the --no-update-modtime flag)
9. Restore the versioning settings after using rclone. (Optional)
### Troubleshooting ###
```
Error: access_denied
Code: AADSTS65005
Description: Using application 'rclone' is currently not supported for your organization [YOUR_ORGANIZATION] because it is in an unmanaged state. An administrator needs to claim ownership of the company by DNS validation of [YOUR_ORGANIZATION] before the application rclone can be provisioned.
```
This means that rclone can't use the OneDrive for Business API with your account. You can't do much about it, maybe write an email to your admins.
However, there are other ways to interact with your OneDrive account. Have a look at the webdav backend: https://rclone.org/webdav/#sharepoint
OpenDrive
------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
q) Quit config
e/n/d/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
7 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
8 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
9 / Local Disk
\ "local"
10 / OpenDrive
\ "opendrive"
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
13 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
14 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
Storage> 10
Username
username>
Password
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
--------------------
[remote]
username =
password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
List directories in top level of your OpenDrive
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your OpenDrive
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an OpenDrive directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### Modified time and MD5SUMs ###
OpenDrive allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
not.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/opendrive/opendrive.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).
#### --opendrive-username
Username
- Config: username
- Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_USERNAME
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --opendrive-password
Password.
- Config: password
- Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_PASSWORD
- Type: string
- Default: ""
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
Note that OpenDrive is case insensitive so you can't have a
file called "Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
There are quite a few characters that can't be in OpenDrive file
names. These can't occur on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows
platforms they are common. Rclone will map these names to and from an
identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a `?`
in it will be mapped to `？` instead.
QingStor
---------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:bucket` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:bucket/path/to/dir`.
Here is an example of making an QingStor configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/r/c/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
6 / FTP Connection
\ "ftp"
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
8 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
9 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
10 / Local Disk
\ "local"
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
13 / QingStor Object Storage
\ "qingstor"
14 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
15 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
Storage> 13
Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Enter QingStor credentials in the next step
\ "false"
2 / Get QingStor credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
\ "true"
env_auth> 1
QingStor Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> access_key
QingStor Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> secret_key
Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
Leave blank will use the default value "https://qingstor.com:443"
endpoint>
Zone connect to. Default is "pek3a".
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
/ The Beijing (China) Three Zone
1 | Needs location constraint pek3a.
\ "pek3a"
/ The Shanghai (China) First Zone
2 | Needs location constraint sh1a.
\ "sh1a"
zone> 1
Number of connnection retry.
Leave blank will use the default value "3".
connection_retries>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
env_auth = false
access_key_id = access_key
secret_access_key = secret_key
endpoint =
zone = pek3a
connection_retries =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
See all buckets
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new bucket
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
List the contents of a bucket
rclone ls remote:bucket
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote bucket, deleting any excess
files in the bucket.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
### --fast-list ###
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
### Multipart uploads ###
rclone supports multipart uploads with QingStor which means that it can
upload files bigger than 5GB. Note that files uploaded with multipart
upload don't have an MD5SUM.
### Buckets and Zone ###
With QingStor you can list buckets (`rclone lsd`) using any zone,
but you can only access the content of a bucket from the zone it was
created in. If you attempt to access a bucket from the wrong zone,
you will get an error, `incorrect zone, the bucket is not in 'XXX'
zone`.
### Authentication ###
There are two ways to supply `rclone` with a set of QingStor
credentials. In order of precedence:
- Directly in the rclone configuration file (as configured by `rclone config`)
- set `access_key_id` and `secret_access_key`
- Runtime configuration:
- set `env_auth` to `true` in the config file
- Exporting the following environment variables before running `rclone`
- Access Key ID: `QS_ACCESS_KEY_ID` or `QS_ACCESS_KEY`
- Secret Access Key: `QS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY` or `QS_SECRET_KEY`
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/qingstor/qingstor.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to qingstor (QingCloud Object Storage).
#### --qingstor-env-auth
Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
- Config: env_auth
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENV_AUTH
- Type: bool
- Default: false
- Examples:
- "false"
- Enter QingStor credentials in the next step
- "true"
- Get QingStor credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
#### --qingstor-access-key-id
QingStor Access Key ID
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
- Config: access_key_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ACCESS_KEY_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --qingstor-secret-access-key
QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
- Config: secret_access_key
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --qingstor-endpoint
Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
Leave blank will use the default value "https://qingstor.com:443"
- Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENDPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --qingstor-zone
Zone to connect to.
Default is "pek3a".
- Config: zone
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ZONE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "pek3a"
- The Beijing (China) Three Zone
- Needs location constraint pek3a.
- "sh1a"
- The Shanghai (China) First Zone
- Needs location constraint sh1a.
- "gd2a"
- The Guangdong (China) Second Zone
- Needs location constraint gd2a.
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to qingstor (QingCloud Object Storage).
#### --qingstor-connection-retries
Number of connnection retries.
- Config: connection_retries
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_CONNECTION_RETRIES
- Type: int
- Default: 3
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
Swift
----------------------------------------
Swift refers to [Openstack Object Storage](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/).
Commercial implementations of that being:
* [Rackspace Cloud Files](https://www.rackspace.com/cloud/files/)
* [Memset Memstore](https://www.memset.com/cloud/storage/)
* [OVH Object Storage](https://www.ovh.co.uk/public-cloud/storage/object-storage/)
* [Oracle Cloud Storage](https://cloud.oracle.com/storage-opc)
* [IBM Bluemix Cloud ObjectStorage Swift](https://console.bluemix.net/docs/infrastructure/objectstorage-swift/index.html)
Paths are specified as `remote:container` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:container/path/to/dir`.
Here is an example of making a swift configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Box
\ "box"
5 / Cache a remote
\ "cache"
6 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
7 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
8 / FTP Connection
\ "ftp"
9 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
10 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
11 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
12 / Local Disk
\ "local"
13 / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
\ "azureblob"
14 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
15 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
16 / Pcloud
\ "pcloud"
17 / QingCloud Object Storage
\ "qingstor"
18 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
19 / Webdav
\ "webdav"
20 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
21 / http Connection
\ "http"
Storage> swift
Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Enter swift credentials in the next step
\ "false"
2 / Get swift credentials from environment vars. Leave other fields blank if using this.
\ "true"
env_auth> true
User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
user>
API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
key>
Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Rackspace US
\ "https://auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0"
2 / Rackspace UK
\ "https://lon.auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0"
3 / Rackspace v2
\ "https://identity.api.rackspacecloud.com/v2.0"
4 / Memset Memstore UK
\ "https://auth.storage.memset.com/v1.0"
5 / Memset Memstore UK v2
\ "https://auth.storage.memset.com/v2.0"
6 / OVH
\ "https://auth.cloud.ovh.net/v2.0"
auth>
User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
user_id>
User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
domain>
Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
tenant>
Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
tenant_id>
Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
tenant_domain>
Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
region>
Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
storage_url>
Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
auth_token>
AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
auth_version>
Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE)
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Public (default, choose this if not sure)
\ "public"
2 / Internal (use internal service net)
\ "internal"
3 / Admin
\ "admin"
endpoint_type>
Remote config
--------------------
[test]
env_auth = true
user =
key =
auth =
user_id =
domain =
tenant =
tenant_id =
tenant_domain =
region =
storage_url =
auth_token =
auth_version =
endpoint_type =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
See all containers
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new container
rclone mkdir remote:container
List the contents of a container
rclone ls remote:container
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote container, deleting any
excess files in the container.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:container
### Configuration from an Openstack credentials file ###
An Opentstack credentials file typically looks something something
like this (without the comments)
```
export OS_AUTH_URL=https://a.provider.net/v2.0
export OS_TENANT_ID=ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff
export OS_TENANT_NAME="1234567890123456"
export OS_USERNAME="123abc567xy"
echo "Please enter your OpenStack Password: "
read -sr OS_PASSWORD_INPUT
export OS_PASSWORD=$OS_PASSWORD_INPUT
export OS_REGION_NAME="SBG1"
if [ -z "$OS_REGION_NAME" ]; then unset OS_REGION_NAME; fi
```
The config file needs to look something like this where `$OS_USERNAME`
represents the value of the `OS_USERNAME` variable - `123abc567xy` in
the example above.
```
[remote]
type = swift
user = $OS_USERNAME
key = $OS_PASSWORD
auth = $OS_AUTH_URL
tenant = $OS_TENANT_NAME
```
Note that you may (or may not) need to set `region` too - try without first.
### Configuration from the environment ###
If you prefer you can configure rclone to use swift using a standard
set of OpenStack environment variables.
When you run through the config, make sure you choose `true` for
`env_auth` and leave everything else blank.
rclone will then set any empty config parameters from the environment
using standard OpenStack environment variables. There is [a list of
the
variables](https://godoc.org/github.com/ncw/swift#Connection.ApplyEnvironment)
in the docs for the swift library.
### Using an alternate authentication method ###
If your OpenStack installation uses a non-standard authentication method
that might not be yet supported by rclone or the underlying swift library,
you can authenticate externally (e.g. calling manually the `openstack`
commands to get a token). Then, you just need to pass the two
configuration variables ``auth_token`` and ``storage_url``.
If they are both provided, the other variables are ignored. rclone will
not try to authenticate but instead assume it is already authenticated
and use these two variables to access the OpenStack installation.
#### Using rclone without a config file ####
You can use rclone with swift without a config file, if desired, like
this:
```
source openstack-credentials-file
export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_TYPE=swift
export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_ENV_AUTH=true
rclone lsd myremote:
```
### --fast-list ###
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
### --update and --use-server-modtime ###
As noted below, the modified time is stored on metadata on the object. It is
used by default for all operations that require checking the time a file was
last updated. It allows rclone to treat the remote more like a true filesystem,
but it is inefficient because it requires an extra API call to retrieve the
metadata.
For many operations, the time the object was last uploaded to the remote is
sufficient to determine if it is "dirty". By using `--update` along with
`--use-server-modtime`, you can avoid the extra API call and simply upload
files whose local modtime is newer than the time it was last uploaded.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/swift/swift.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to swift (Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
#### --swift-env-auth
Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
- Config: env_auth
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENV_AUTH
- Type: bool
- Default: false
- Examples:
- "false"
- Enter swift credentials in the next step
- "true"
- Get swift credentials from environment vars. Leave other fields blank if using this.
#### --swift-user
User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
- Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_USER
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --swift-key
API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
- Config: key
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_KEY
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --swift-auth
Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
- Config: auth
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "https://auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0"
- Rackspace US
- "https://lon.auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0"
- Rackspace UK
- "https://identity.api.rackspacecloud.com/v2.0"
- Rackspace v2
- "https://auth.storage.memset.com/v1.0"
- Memset Memstore UK
- "https://auth.storage.memset.com/v2.0"
- Memset Memstore UK v2
- "https://auth.cloud.ovh.net/v2.0"
- OVH
#### --swift-user-id
User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
- Config: user_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_USER_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --swift-domain
User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
- Config: domain
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_DOMAIN
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --swift-tenant
Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
- Config: tenant
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --swift-tenant-id
Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
- Config: tenant_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --swift-tenant-domain
Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
- Config: tenant_domain
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT_DOMAIN
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --swift-region
Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
- Config: region
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_REGION
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --swift-storage-url
Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
- Config: storage_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_STORAGE_URL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --swift-auth-token
Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
- Config: auth_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH_TOKEN
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --swift-auth-version
AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
- Config: auth_version
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH_VERSION
- Type: int
- Default: 0
#### --swift-endpoint-type
Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE)
- Config: endpoint_type
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENDPOINT_TYPE
- Type: string
- Default: "public"
- Examples:
- "public"
- Public (default, choose this if not sure)
- "internal"
- Internal (use internal service net)
- "admin"
- Admin
#### --swift-storage-policy
The storage policy to use when creating a new container
This applies the specified storage policy when creating a new
container. The policy cannot be changed afterwards. The allowed
configuration values and their meaning depend on your Swift storage
provider.
- Config: storage_policy
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_STORAGE_POLICY
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- Default
- "pcs"
- OVH Public Cloud Storage
- "pca"
- OVH Public Cloud Archive
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to swift (Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
#### --swift-chunk-size
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container.
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The
default for this is 5GB which is its maximum value.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 5G
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Modified time ###
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
`X-Object-Meta-Mtime` as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1
ns.
This is a defacto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient
amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.
### Limitations ###
The Swift API doesn't return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files
(Dynamic or Static Large Objects) so rclone won't check or use the
MD5SUM for these.
### Troubleshooting ###
#### Rclone gives Failed to create file system for "remote:": Bad Request ####
Due to an oddity of the underlying swift library, it gives a "Bad
Request" error rather than a more sensible error when the
authentication fails for Swift.
So this most likely means your username / password is wrong. You can
investigate further with the `--dump-bodies` flag.
This may also be caused by specifying the region when you shouldn't
have (eg OVH).
#### Rclone gives Failed to create file system: Response didn't have storage storage url and auth token ####
This is most likely caused by forgetting to specify your tenant when
setting up a swift remote.
pCloud
-----------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
The initial setup for pCloud involves getting a token from pCloud which you
need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Box
\ "box"
5 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
6 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
7 / FTP Connection
\ "ftp"
8 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
9 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
10 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
11 / Local Disk
\ "local"
12 / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
\ "azureblob"
13 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
14 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
15 / Pcloud
\ "pcloud"
16 / QingCloud Object Storage
\ "qingstor"
17 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
18 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
19 / http Connection
\ "http"
Storage> pcloud
Pcloud App Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Pcloud App Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","expiry":"0001-01-01T00:00:00Z"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from pCloud. This only runs from the moment it opens
your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This
is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this it may require you to unblock
it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List directories in top level of your pCloud
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your pCloud
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an pCloud directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### Modified time and hashes ###
pCloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
not. In order to set a Modification time pCloud requires the object
be re-uploaded.
pCloud supports MD5 and SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the
`--checksum` flag.
### Deleting files ###
Deleted files will be moved to the trash. Your subscription level
will determine how long items stay in the trash. `rclone cleanup` can
be used to empty the trash.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/pcloud/pcloud.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).
#### --pcloud-client-id
Pcloud App Client Id
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --pcloud-client-secret
Pcloud App Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string
- Default: ""
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
SFTP
----------------------------------------
SFTP is the [Secure (or SSH) File Transfer
Protocol](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SSH_File_Transfer_Protocol).
SFTP runs over SSH v2 and is installed as standard with most modern
SSH installations.
Paths are specified as `remote:path`. If the path does not begin with
a `/` it is relative to the home directory of the user. An empty path
`remote:` refers to the user's home directory.
Note that some SFTP servers will need the leading `/` - Synology is a
good example of this.
Here is an example of making an SFTP configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
6 / FTP Connection
\ "ftp"
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
8 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
9 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
10 / Local Disk
\ "local"
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
13 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
14 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
15 / http Connection
\ "http"
Storage> sftp
SSH host to connect to
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Connect to example.com
\ "example.com"
host> example.com
SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
user> sftpuser
SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
port>
SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> n
Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
key_file>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
host = example.com
user = sftpuser
port =
pass =
key_file =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this:
See all directories in the home directory
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new directory
rclone mkdir remote:path/to/directory
List the contents of a directory
rclone ls remote:path/to/directory
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote directory, deleting any
excess files in the directory.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory
### SSH Authentication ###
The SFTP remote supports three authentication methods:
* Password
* Key file
* ssh-agent
Key files should be unencrypted PEM-encoded private key files. For
instance `/home/$USER/.ssh/id_rsa`.
If you don't specify `pass` or `key_file` then rclone will attempt to
contact an ssh-agent.
If you set the `--sftp-ask-password` option, rclone will prompt for a
password when needed and no password has been configured.
### ssh-agent on macOS ###
Note that there seem to be various problems with using an ssh-agent on
macOS due to recent changes in the OS. The most effective work-around
seems to be to start an ssh-agent in each session, eg
eval `ssh-agent -s` && ssh-add -A
And then at the end of the session
eval `ssh-agent -k`
These commands can be used in scripts of course.
### Modified time ###
Modified times are stored on the server to 1 second precision.
Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported.
Some SFTP servers disable setting/modifying the file modification time after
upload (for example, certain configurations of ProFTPd with mod_sftp). If you
are using one of these servers, you can set the option `set_modtime = false` in
your RClone backend configuration to disable this behaviour.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/sftp/sftp.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to sftp (SSH/SFTP Connection).
#### --sftp-host
SSH host to connect to
- Config: host
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_HOST
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "example.com"
- Connect to example.com
#### --sftp-user
SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
- Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USER
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --sftp-port
SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
- Config: port
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PORT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --sftp-pass
SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
- Config: pass
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PASS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --sftp-key-file
Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
- Config: key_file
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_FILE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --sftp-use-insecure-cipher
Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
- Config: use_insecure_cipher
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USE_INSECURE_CIPHER
- Type: bool
- Default: false
- Examples:
- "false"
- Use default Cipher list.
- "true"
- Enables the use of the aes128-cbc cipher.
#### --sftp-disable-hashcheck
Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
Leave blank or set to false to enable hashing (recommended), set to true to disable hashing.
- Config: disable_hashcheck
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_DISABLE_HASHCHECK
- Type: bool
- Default: false
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to sftp (SSH/SFTP Connection).
#### --sftp-ask-password
Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
- Config: ask_password
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_ASK_PASSWORD
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --sftp-path-override
Override path used by SSH connection.
This allows checksum calculation when SFTP and SSH paths are
different. This issue affects among others Synology NAS boxes.
Shared folders can be found in directories representing volumes
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/directory --ssh-path-override /volume2/directory
Home directory can be found in a shared folder called "home"
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/home/directory --ssh-path-override /volume1/homes/USER/directory
- Config: path_override
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PATH_OVERRIDE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --sftp-set-modtime
Set the modified time on the remote if set.
- Config: set_modtime
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SET_MODTIME
- Type: bool
- Default: true
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
SFTP supports checksums if the same login has shell access and `md5sum`
or `sha1sum` as well as `echo` are in the remote's PATH.
This remote checksumming (file hashing) is recommended and enabled by default.
Disabling the checksumming may be required if you are connecting to SFTP servers
which are not under your control, and to which the execution of remote commands
is prohibited. Set the configuration option `disable_hashcheck` to `true` to
disable checksumming.
Note that some SFTP servers (eg Synology) the paths are different for
SSH and SFTP so the hashes can't be calculated properly. For them
using `disable_hashcheck` is a good idea.
The only ssh agent supported under Windows is Putty's pageant.
The Go SSH library disables the use of the aes128-cbc cipher by
default, due to security concerns. This can be re-enabled on a
per-connection basis by setting the `use_insecure_cipher` setting in
the configuration file to `true`. Further details on the insecurity of
this cipher can be found [in this paper]
(http://www.isg.rhul.ac.uk/~kp/SandPfinal.pdf).
SFTP isn't supported under plan9 until [this
issue](https://github.com/pkg/sftp/issues/156) is fixed.
Note that since SFTP isn't HTTP based the following flags don't work
with it: `--dump-headers`, `--dump-bodies`, `--dump-auth`
Note that `--timeout` isn't supported (but `--contimeout` is).
Union
-----------------------------------------
The `union` remote provides a unification similar to UnionFS using other remotes.
Paths may be as deep as required or a local path,
eg `remote:directory/subdirectory` or `/directory/subdirectory`.
During the initial setup with `rclone config` you will specify the target
remotes as a space separated list. The target remotes can either be a local paths or other remotes.
The order of the remotes is important as it defines which remotes take precedence over others if there are files with the same name in the same logical path.
The last remote is the topmost remote and replaces files with the same name from previous remotes.
Only the last remote is used to write to and delete from, all other remotes are read-only.
Subfolders can be used in target remote. Asume a union remote named `backup`
with the remotes `mydrive:private/backup mydrive2:/backup`. Invoking `rclone mkdir backup:desktop`
is exactly the same as invoking `rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/desktop`.
There will be no special handling of paths containing `..` segments.
Invoking `rclone mkdir backup:../desktop` is exactly the same as invoking
`rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/../desktop`.
Here is an example of how to make a union called `remote` for local folders.
First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Alias for a existing remote
\ "alias"
2 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
3 / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers (AWS, Ceph, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio)
\ "s3"
4 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
5 / Box
\ "box"
6 / Builds a stackable unification remote, which can appear to merge the contents of several remotes
\ "union"
7 / Cache a remote
\ "cache"
8 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
9 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
10 / FTP Connection
\ "ftp"
11 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
12 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
13 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
14 / JottaCloud
\ "jottacloud"
15 / Local Disk
\ "local"
16 / Mega
\ "mega"
17 / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
\ "azureblob"
18 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
19 / OpenDrive
\ "opendrive"
20 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
21 / Pcloud
\ "pcloud"
22 / QingCloud Object Storage
\ "qingstor"
23 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
24 / Webdav
\ "webdav"
25 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
26 / http Connection
\ "http"
Storage> union
List of space separated remotes.
Can be 'remotea:test/dir remoteb:', '"remotea:test/space dir" remoteb:', etc.
The last remote is used to write to.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
remotes>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = union
remotes = C:\dir1 C:\dir2 C:\dir3
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:
Name Type
==== ====
remote union
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
```
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List directories in top level in `C:\dir1`, `C:\dir2` and `C:\dir3`
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in `C:\dir1`, `C:\dir2` and `C:\dir3`
rclone ls remote:
Copy another local directory to the union directory called source, which will be placed into `C:\dir3`
rclone copy C:\source remote:source
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/union/union.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to union (A stackable unification remote, which can appear to merge the contents of several remotes).
#### --union-remotes
List of space separated remotes.
Can be 'remotea:test/dir remoteb:', '"remotea:test/space dir" remoteb:', etc.
The last remote is used to write to.
- Config: remotes
- Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_REMOTES
- Type: string
- Default: ""
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
WebDAV
-----------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
To configure the WebDAV remote you will need to have a URL for it, and
a username and password. If you know what kind of system you are
connecting to then rclone can enable extra features.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
22 / Webdav
\ "webdav"
[snip]
Storage> webdav
URL of http host to connect to
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Connect to example.com
\ "https://example.com"
url> https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/
Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Nextcloud
\ "nextcloud"
2 / Owncloud
\ "owncloud"
3 / Sharepoint
\ "sharepoint"
4 / Other site/service or software
\ "other"
vendor> 1
User name
user> user
Password.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
bearer_token>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = webdav
url = https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/
vendor = nextcloud
user = user
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
bearer_token =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List directories in top level of your WebDAV
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your WebDAV
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an WebDAV directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### Modified time and hashes ###
Plain WebDAV does not support modified times. However when used with
Owncloud or Nextcloud rclone will support modified times.
Hashes are not supported.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/webdav/webdav.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to webdav (Webdav).
#### --webdav-url
URL of http host to connect to
- Config: url
- Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_URL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "https://example.com"
- Connect to example.com
#### --webdav-vendor
Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
- Config: vendor
- Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_VENDOR
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "nextcloud"
- Nextcloud
- "owncloud"
- Owncloud
- "sharepoint"
- Sharepoint
- "other"
- Other site/service or software
#### --webdav-user
User name
- Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_USER
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --webdav-pass
Password.
- Config: pass
- Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_PASS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --webdav-bearer-token
Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
- Config: bearer_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_BEARER_TOKEN
- Type: string
- Default: ""
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
## Provider notes ##
See below for notes on specific providers.
### Owncloud ###
Click on the settings cog in the bottom right of the page and this
will show the WebDAV URL that rclone needs in the config step. It
will look something like `https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/`.
Owncloud supports modified times using the `X-OC-Mtime` header.
### Nextcloud ###
This is configured in an identical way to Owncloud. Note that
Nextcloud does not support streaming of files (`rcat`) whereas
Owncloud does. This [may be
fixed](https://github.com/nextcloud/nextcloud-snap/issues/365) in the
future.
### Put.io ###
put.io can be accessed in a read only way using webdav.
Configure the `url` as `https://webdav.put.io` and use your normal
account username and password for `user` and `pass`. Set the `vendor`
to `other`.
Your config file should end up looking like this:
```
[putio]
type = webdav
url = https://webdav.put.io
vendor = other
user = YourUserName
pass = encryptedpassword
```
If you are using `put.io` with `rclone mount` then use the
`--read-only` flag to signal to the OS that it can't write to the
mount.
For more help see [the put.io webdav docs](http://help.put.io/apps-and-integrations/ftp-and-webdav).
### Sharepoint ###
Rclone can be used with Sharepoint provided by OneDrive for Business
or Office365 Education Accounts.
This feature is only needed for a few of these Accounts,
mostly Office365 Education ones. These accounts are sometimes not
verified by the domain owner [github#1975](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1975)
This means that these accounts can't be added using the official
API (other Accounts should work with the "onedrive" option). However,
it is possible to access them using webdav.
To use a sharepoint remote with rclone, add it like this:
First, you need to get your remote's URL:
- Go [here](https://onedrive.live.com/about/en-us/signin/)
to open your OneDrive or to sign in
- Now take a look at your address bar, the URL should look like this:
`https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/_layouts/15/onedrive.aspx`
You'll only need this URL upto the email address. After that, you'll
most likely want to add "/Documents". That subdirectory contains
the actual data stored on your OneDrive.
Add the remote to rclone like this:
Configure the `url` as `https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/Documents`
and use your normal account email and password for `user` and `pass`.
If you have 2FA enabled, you have to generate an app password.
Set the `vendor` to `sharepoint`.
Your config file should look like this:
```
[sharepoint]
type = webdav
url = https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/Documents
vendor = other
user = YourEmailAddress
pass = encryptedpassword
```
### dCache ###
dCache is a storage system with WebDAV doors that support, beside basic and x509,
authentication with [Macaroons](https://www.dcache.org/manuals/workshop-2017-05-29-Umea/000-Final/anupam_macaroons_v02.pdf) (bearer tokens).
Configure as normal using the `other` type. Don't enter a username or
password, instead enter your Macaroon as the `bearer_token`.
The config will end up looking something like this.
```
[dcache]
type = webdav
url = https://dcache...
vendor = other
user =
pass =
bearer_token = your-macaroon
```
There is a [script](https://github.com/onnozweers/dcache-scripts/blob/master/get-share-link) that
obtains a Macaroon from a dCache WebDAV endpoint, and creates an rclone config file.
Yandex Disk
----------------------------------------
[Yandex Disk](https://disk.yandex.com) is a cloud storage solution created by [Yandex](https://yandex.com).
Yandex paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
Here is an example of making a yandex configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
```
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
n/s> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
3 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
4 / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
7 / Google Drive
\ "drive"
8 / Hubic
\ "hubic"
9 / Local Disk
\ "local"
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
13 / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
Storage> 13
Yandex Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Yandex Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"access_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","token_type":"bearer","expiry":"2016-12-29T12:27:11.362788025Z"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Yandex Disk. This only runs from the moment it
opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code.
This is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this it may require you to
unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
See top level directories
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new directory
rclone mkdir remote:directory
List the contents of a directory
rclone ls remote:directory
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote path, deleting any
excess files in the path.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory
### --fast-list ###
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
### Modified time ###
Modified times are supported and are stored accurate to 1 ns in custom
metadata called `rclone_modified` in RFC3339 with nanoseconds format.
### MD5 checksums ###
MD5 checksums are natively supported by Yandex Disk.
### Emptying Trash ###
If you wish to empty your trash you can use the `rclone cleanup remote:`
command which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This command
does not take any path arguments.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/yandex/yandex.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to yandex (Yandex Disk).
#### --yandex-client-id
Yandex Client Id
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --yandex-client-secret
Yandex Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string
- Default: ""
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
Local Filesystem
-------------------------------------------
Local paths are specified as normal filesystem paths, eg `/path/to/wherever`, so
rclone sync /home/source /tmp/destination
Will sync `/home/source` to `/tmp/destination`
These can be configured into the config file for consistencies sake,
but it is probably easier not to.
### Modified time ###
Rclone reads and writes the modified time using an accuracy determined by
the OS. Typically this is 1ns on Linux, 10 ns on Windows and 1 Second
on OS X.
### Filenames ###
Filenames are expected to be encoded in UTF-8 on disk. This is the
normal case for Windows and OS X.
There is a bit more uncertainty in the Linux world, but new
distributions will have UTF-8 encoded files names. If you are using an
old Linux filesystem with non UTF-8 file names (eg latin1) then you
can use the `convmv` tool to convert the filesystem to UTF-8. This
tool is available in most distributions' package managers.
If an invalid (non-UTF8) filename is read, the invalid characters will
be replaced with the unicode replacement character, '�'. `rclone`
will emit a debug message in this case (use `-v` to see), eg
```
Local file system at .: Replacing invalid UTF-8 characters in "gro\xdf"
```
### Long paths on Windows ###
Rclone handles long paths automatically, by converting all paths to long
[UNC paths](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa365247(v=vs.85).aspx#maxpath)
which allows paths up to 32,767 characters.
This is why you will see that your paths, for instance `c:\files` is
converted to the UNC path `\\?\c:\files` in the output,
and `\\server\share` is converted to `\\?\UNC\server\share`.
However, in rare cases this may cause problems with buggy file
system drivers like [EncFS](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/261).
To disable UNC conversion globally, add this to your `.rclone.conf` file:
```
[local]
nounc = true
```
If you want to selectively disable UNC, you can add it to a separate entry like this:
```
[nounc]
type = local
nounc = true
```
And use rclone like this:
`rclone copy c:\src nounc:z:\dst`
This will use UNC paths on `c:\src` but not on `z:\dst`.
Of course this will cause problems if the absolute path length of a
file exceeds 258 characters on z, so only use this option if you have to.
### Symlinks / Junction points
Normally rclone will ignore symlinks or junction points (which behave
like symlinks under Windows).
If you supply `--copy-links` or `-L` then rclone will follow the
symlink and copy the pointed to file or directory.
This flag applies to all commands.
For example, supposing you have a directory structure like this
```
$ tree /tmp/a
/tmp/a
├── b -> ../b
├── expected -> ../expected
├── one
└── two
└── three
```
Then you can see the difference with and without the flag like this
```
$ rclone ls /tmp/a
6 one
6 two/three
```
and
```
$ rclone -L ls /tmp/a
4174 expected
6 one
6 two/three
6 b/two
6 b/one
```
### Restricting filesystems with --one-file-system
Normally rclone will recurse through filesystems as mounted.
However if you set `--one-file-system` or `-x` this tells rclone to
stay in the filesystem specified by the root and not to recurse into
different file systems.
For example if you have a directory hierarchy like this
```
root
├── disk1 - disk1 mounted on the root
│   └── file3 - stored on disk1
├── disk2 - disk2 mounted on the root
│   └── file4 - stored on disk12
├── file1 - stored on the root disk
└── file2 - stored on the root disk
```
Using `rclone --one-file-system copy root remote:` will only copy `file1` and `file2`. Eg
```
$ rclone -q --one-file-system ls root
0 file1
0 file2
```
```
$ rclone -q ls root
0 disk1/file3
0 disk2/file4
0 file1
0 file2
```
**NB** Rclone (like most unix tools such as `du`, `rsync` and `tar`)
treats a bind mount to the same device as being on the same
filesystem.
**NB** This flag is only available on Unix based systems. On systems
where it isn't supported (eg Windows) it will be ignored.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/local/local.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to local (Local Disk).
#### --local-nounc
Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
- Config: nounc
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NOUNC
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "true"
- Disables long file names
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to local (Local Disk).
#### --copy-links
Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
- Config: copy_links
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_COPY_LINKS
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --skip-links
Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
This flag disables warning messages on skipped symlinks or junction
points, as you explicitly acknowledge that they should be skipped.
- Config: skip_links
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_SKIP_LINKS
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --local-no-unicode-normalization
Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
This flag is deprecated now. Rclone no longer normalizes unicode file
names, but it compares them with unicode normalization in the sync
routine instead.
- Config: no_unicode_normalization
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_UNICODE_NORMALIZATION
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --local-no-check-updated
Don't check to see if the files change during upload
Normally rclone checks the size and modification time of files as they
are being uploaded and aborts with a message which starts "can't copy
- source file is being updated" if the file changes during upload.
However on some file systems this modification time check may fail (eg
[Glusterfs #2206](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/2206)) so this
check can be disabled with this flag.
- Config: no_check_updated
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_CHECK_UPDATED
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --one-file-system
Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
- Config: one_file_system
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ONE_FILE_SYSTEM
- Type: bool
- Default: false
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
# Changelog
## v1.44 - 2018-10-15
* New commands
* serve ftp: Add ftp server (Antoine GIRARD)
* settier: perform storage tier changes on supported remotes (sandeepkru)
* New Features
* Reworked command line help
* Make default help less verbose (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Split flags up into global and backend flags (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Implement specialised help for flags and backends (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Show URL of backend help page when starting config (Nick Craig-Wood)
* stats: Long names now split in center (Joanna Marek)
* Add --log-format flag for more control over log output (dcpu)
* rc: Add support for OPTIONS and basic CORS (frenos)
* stats: show FatalErrors and NoRetryErrors in stats (Cédric Connes)
* Bug Fixes
* Fix -P not ending with a new line (Nick Craig-Wood)
* config: don't create default config dir when user supplies --config (albertony)
* Don't print non-ASCII characters with --progress on windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Correct logs for excluded items (ssaqua)
* Mount
* Remove EXPERIMENTAL tags (Nick Craig-Wood)
* VFS
* Fix race condition detected by serve ftp tests (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Add vfs/poll-interval rc command (Fabian Möller)
* Enable rename for nearly all remotes using server side Move or Copy (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Reduce directory cache cleared by poll-interval (Fabian Möller)
* Remove EXPERIMENTAL tags (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Local
* Skip bad symlinks in dir listing with -L enabled (Cédric Connes)
* Preallocate files on Windows to reduce fragmentation (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Preallocate files on linux with fallocate(2) (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Cache
* Add cache/fetch rc function (Fabian Möller)
* Fix worker scale down (Fabian Möller)
* Improve performance by not sending info requests for cached chunks (dcpu)
* Fix error return value of cache/fetch rc method (Fabian Möller)
* Documentation fix for cache-chunk-total-size (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
* Preserve leading / in wrapped remote path (Fabian Möller)
* Add plex_insecure option to skip certificate validation (Fabian Möller)
* Remove entries that no longer exist in the source (dcpu)
* Crypt
* Preserve leading / in wrapped remote path (Fabian Möller)
* Alias
* Fix handling of Windows network paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Azure Blob
* Add --azureblob-list-chunk parameter (Santiago Rodríguez)
* Implemented settier command support on azureblob remote. (sandeepkru)
* Work around SDK bug which causes errors for chunk-sized files (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Box
* Implement link sharing. (Sebastian Bünger)
* Drive
* Add --drive-import-formats - google docs can now be imported (Fabian Möller)
* Rewrite mime type and extension handling (Fabian Möller)
* Add document links (Fabian Möller)
* Add support for multipart document extensions (Fabian Möller)
* Add support for apps-script to json export (Fabian Möller)
* Fix escaped chars in documents during list (Fabian Möller)
* Add --drive-v2-download-min-size a workaround for slow downloads (Fabian Möller)
* Improve directory notifications in ChangeNotify (Fabian Möller)
* When listing team drives in config, continue on failure (Nick Craig-Wood)
* FTP
* Add a small pause after failed upload before deleting file (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Google Cloud Storage
* Fix service_account_file being ignored (Fabian Möller)
* Jottacloud
* Minor improvement in quota info (omit if unlimited) (albertony)
* Add --fast-list support (albertony)
* Add permanent delete support: --jottacloud-hard-delete (albertony)
* Add link sharing support (albertony)
* Fix handling of reserved characters. (Sebastian Bünger)
* Fix socket leak on Object.Remove (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Onedrive
* Rework to support Microsoft Graph (Cnly)
* **NB** this will require re-authenticating the remote
* Removed upload cutoff and always do session uploads (Oliver Heyme)
* Use single-part upload for empty files (Cnly)
* Fix new fields not saved when editing old config (Alex Chen)
* Fix sometimes special chars in filenames not replaced (Alex Chen)
* Ignore OneNote files by default (Alex Chen)
* Add link sharing support (jackyzy823)
* S3
* Use custom pacer, to retry operations when reasonable (Craig Miskell)
* Use configured server-side-encryption and storace class options when calling CopyObject() (Paul Kohout)
* Make --s3-v2-auth flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix v2 auth on files with spaces (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Union
* Implement union backend which reads from multiple backends (Felix Brucker)
* Implement optional interfaces (Move, DirMove, Copy etc) (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix ChangeNotify to support multiple remotes (Fabian Möller)
* Fix --backup-dir on union backend (Nick Craig-Wood)
* WebDAV
* Add another time format (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Add a small pause after failed upload before deleting file (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Add workaround for missing mtime (buergi)
* Sharepoint: Renew cookies after 12hrs (Henning Surmeier)
* Yandex
* Remove redundant nil checks (teresy)
## v1.43.1 - 2018-09-07
Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
* Bug Fixes
* ncdu: Return error instead of log.Fatal in Show (Fabian Möller)
* cmd: Fix crash with --progress and --stats 0 (Nick Craig-Wood)
* docs: Tidy website display (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
* Azure Blob:
* Fix multi-part uploads. (sandeepkru)
* Hubic
* Fix uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Retry auth fetching if it fails to make hubic more reliable (Nick Craig-Wood)
## v1.43 - 2018-09-01
* New backends
* Jottacloud (Sebastian Bünger)
* New commands
* copyurl: copies a URL to a remote (Denis)
* New Features
* Reworked config for backends (Nick Craig-Wood)
* All backend config can now be supplied by command line, env var or config file
* Advanced section in the config wizard for the optional items
* A large step towards rclone backends being usable in other go software
* Allow on the fly remotes with :backend: syntax
* Stats revamp
* Add `--progress`/`-P` flag to show interactive progress (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Show the total progress of the sync in the stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Add `--stats-one-line` flag for single line stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Added weekday schedule into `--bwlimit` (Mateusz)
* lsjson: Add option to show the original object IDs (Fabian Möller)
* serve webdav: Make Content-Type without reading the file and add `--etag-hash` (Nick Craig-Wood)
* build
* Build macOS with native compiler (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Update to use go1.11 for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)
* rc
* Added core/stats to return the stats (reddi1)
* `version --check`: Prints the current release and beta versions (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Bug Fixes
* accounting
* Fix time to completion estimates (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix moving average speed for file stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
* config: Fix error reading password from piped input (Nick Craig-Wood)
* move: Fix `--delete-empty-src-dirs` flag to delete all empty dirs on move (ishuah)
* Mount
* Implement `--daemon-timeout` flag for OSXFUSE (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix mount `--daemon` not working with encrypted config (Alex Chen)
* Clip the number of blocks to 2^32-1 on macOS - fixes borg backup (Nick Craig-Wood)
* VFS
* Enable vfs-read-chunk-size by default (Fabian Möller)
* Add the vfs/refresh rc command (Fabian Möller)
* Add non recursive mode to vfs/refresh rc command (Fabian Möller)
* Try to seek buffer on read only files (Fabian Möller)
* Local
* Fix crash when deprecated `--local-no-unicode-normalization` is supplied (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix mkdir error when trying to copy files to the root of a drive on windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Cache
* Fix nil pointer deref when using lsjson on cached directory (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix nil pointer deref for occasional crash on playback (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Crypt
* Fix accounting when checking hashes on upload (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Amazon Cloud Drive
* Make very clear in the docs that rclone has no ACD keys (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Azure Blob
* Add connection string and SAS URL auth (Nick Craig-Wood)
* List the container to see if it exists (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Port new Azure Blob Storage SDK (sandeepkru)
* Added blob tier, tier between Hot, Cool and Archive. (sandeepkru)
* Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
* B2
* Support Application Keys (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Box
* Fix upload of > 2GB files on 32 bit platforms (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Make `--box-commit-retries` flag defaulting to 100 to fix large uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Drive
* Add `--drive-keep-revision-forever` flag (lewapm)
* Handle gdocs when filtering file names in list (Fabian Möller)
* Support using `--fast-list` for large speedups (Fabian Möller)
* FTP
* Fix Put mkParentDir failed: 521 for BunnyCDN (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Google Cloud Storage
* Fix index out of range error with `--fast-list` (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Jottacloud
* Fix MD5 error check (Oliver Heyme)
* Handle empty time values (Martin Polden)
* Calculate missing MD5s (Oliver Heyme)
* Docs, fixes and tests for MD5 calculation (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Add optional MimeTyper interface. (Sebastian Bünger)
* Implement optional About interface (for `df` support). (Sebastian Bünger)
* Mega
* Wait for events instead of arbitrary sleeping (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Add `--mega-hard-delete` flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix failed logins with upper case chars in email (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Onedrive
* Shared folder support (Yoni Jah)
* Implement DirMove (Cnly)
* Fix rmdir sometimes deleting directories with contents (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Pcloud
* Delete half uploaded files on upload error (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Qingstor
* Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
* S3
* Fix index out of range error with `--fast-list` (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Add `--s3-force-path-style` (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Add support for KMS Key ID (bsteiss)
* Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Swift
* Add `storage_policy` (Ruben Vandamme)
* Make it so just `storage_url` or `auth_token` can be overidden (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix server side copy bug for unusal file names (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
* WebDAV
* Ensure we call MKCOL with a URL with a trailing / for QNAP interop (Nick Craig-Wood)
* If root ends with / then don't check if it is a file (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Don't accept redirects when reading metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Add bearer token (Macaroon) support for dCache (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Document dCache and Macaroons (Onno Zweers)
* Sharepoint recursion with different depth (Henning)
* Attempt to remove failed uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Yandex
* Fix listing/deleting files in the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
## v1.42 - 2018-06-16
* New backends
* OpenDrive (Oliver Heyme, Jakub Karlicek, ncw)
* New commands
* deletefile command (Filip Bartodziej)
* New Features
* copy, move: Copy single files directly, don't use `--files-from` work-around
* this makes them much more efficient
* Implement `--max-transfer` flag to quit transferring at a limit
* make exit code 8 for `--max-transfer` exceeded
* copy: copy empty source directories to destination (Ishuah Kariuki)
* check: Add `--one-way` flag (Kasper Byrdal Nielsen)
* Add siginfo handler for macOS for ctrl-T stats (kubatasiemski)
* rc
* add core/gc to run a garbage collection on demand
* enable go profiling by default on the `--rc` port
* return error from remote on failure
* lsf
* Add `--absolute` flag to add a leading / onto path names
* Add `--csv` flag for compliant CSV output
* Add 'm' format specifier to show the MimeType
* Implement 'i' format for showing object ID
* lsjson
* Add MimeType to the output
* Add ID field to output to show Object ID
* Add `--retries-sleep` flag (Benjamin Joseph Dag)
* Oauth tidy up web page and error handling (Henning Surmeier)
* Bug Fixes
* Password prompt output with `--log-file` fixed for unix (Filip Bartodziej)
* Calculate ModifyWindow each time on the fly to fix various problems (Stefan Breunig)
* Mount
* Only print "File.rename error" if there actually is an error (Stefan Breunig)
* Delay rename if file has open writers instead of failing outright (Stefan Breunig)
* Ensure atexit gets run on interrupt
* macOS enhancements
* Make `--noappledouble` `--noapplexattr`
* Add `--volname` flag and remove special chars from it
* Make Get/List/Set/Remove xattr return ENOSYS for efficiency
* Make `--daemon` work for macOS without CGO
* VFS
* Add `--vfs-read-chunk-size` and `--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit` (Fabian Möller)
* Fix ChangeNotify for new or changed folders (Fabian Möller)
* Local
* Fix symlink/junction point directory handling under Windows
* **NB** you will need to add `-L` to your command line to copy files with reparse points
* Cache
* Add non cached dirs on notifications (Remus Bunduc)
* Allow root to be expired from rc (Remus Bunduc)
* Clean remaining empty folders from temp upload path (Remus Bunduc)
* Cache lists using batch writes (Remus Bunduc)
* Use secure websockets for HTTPS Plex addresses (John Clayton)
* Reconnect plex websocket on failures (Remus Bunduc)
* Fix panic when running without plex configs (Remus Bunduc)
* Fix root folder caching (Remus Bunduc)
* Crypt
* Check the crypted hash of files when uploading for extra data security
* Dropbox
* Make Dropbox for business folders accessible using an initial `/` in the path
* Google Cloud Storage
* Low level retry all operations if necessary
* Google Drive
* Add `--drive-acknowledge-abuse` to download flagged files
* Add `--drive-alternate-export` to fix large doc export
* Don't attempt to choose Team Drives when using rclone config create
* Fix change list polling with team drives
* Fix ChangeNotify for folders (Fabian Möller)
* Fix about (and df on a mount) for team drives
* Onedrive
* Errorhandler for onedrive for business requests (Henning Surmeier)
* S3
* Adjust upload concurrency with `--s3-upload-concurrency` (themylogin)
* Fix `--s3-chunk-size` which was always using the minimum
* SFTP
* Add `--ssh-path-override` flag (Piotr Oleszczyk)
* Fix slow downloads for long latency connections
* Webdav
* Add workarounds for biz.mail.ru
* Ignore Reason-Phrase in status line to fix 4shared (Rodrigo)
* Better error message generation
## v1.41 - 2018-04-28
* New backends
* Mega support added
* Webdav now supports SharePoint cookie authentication (hensur)
* New commands
* link: create public link to files and folders (Stefan Breunig)
* about: gets quota info from a remote (a-roussos, ncw)
* hashsum: a generic tool for any hash to produce md5sum like output
* New Features
* lsd: Add -R flag and fix and update docs for all ls commands
* ncdu: added a "refresh" key - CTRL-L (Keith Goldfarb)
* serve restic: Add append-only mode (Steve Kriss)
* serve restic: Disallow overwriting files in append-only mode (Alexander Neumann)
* serve restic: Print actual listener address (Matt Holt)
* size: Add --json flag (Matthew Holt)
* sync: implement --ignore-errors (Mateusz Pabian)
* dedupe: Add dedupe largest functionality (Richard Yang)
* fs: Extend SizeSuffix to include TB and PB for rclone about
* fs: add --dump goroutines and --dump openfiles for debugging
* rc: implement core/memstats to print internal memory usage info
* rc: new call rc/pid (Michael P. Dubner)
* Compile
* Drop support for go1.6
* Release
* Fix `make tarball` (Chih-Hsuan Yen)
* Bug Fixes
* filter: fix --min-age and --max-age together check
* fs: limit MaxIdleConns and MaxIdleConnsPerHost in transport
* lsd,lsf: make sure all times we output are in local time
* rc: fix setting bwlimit to unlimited
* rc: take note of the --rc-addr flag too as per the docs
* Mount
* Use About to return the correct disk total/used/free (eg in `df`)
* Set `--attr-timeout default` to `1s` - fixes:
* rclone using too much memory
* rclone not serving files to samba
* excessive time listing directories
* Fix `df -i` (upstream fix)
* VFS
* Filter files `.` and `..` from directory listing
* Only make the VFS cache if --vfs-cache-mode > Off
* Local
* Add --local-no-check-updated to disable updated file checks
* Retry remove on Windows sharing violation error
* Cache
* Flush the memory cache after close
* Purge file data on notification
* Always forget parent dir for notifications
* Integrate with Plex websocket
* Add rc cache/stats (seuffert)
* Add info log on notification
* Box
* Fix failure reading large directories - parse file/directory size as float
* Dropbox
* Fix crypt+obfuscate on dropbox
* Fix repeatedly uploading the same files
* FTP
* Work around strange response from box FTP server
* More workarounds for FTP servers to fix mkParentDir error
* Fix no error on listing non-existent directory
* Google Cloud Storage
* Add service_account_credentials (Matt Holt)
* Detect bucket presence by listing it - minimises permissions needed
* Ignore zero length directory markers
* Google Drive
* Add service_account_credentials (Matt Holt)
* Fix directory move leaving a hardlinked directory behind
* Return proper google errors when Opening files
* When initialized with a filepath, optional features used incorrect root path (Stefan Breunig)
* HTTP
* Fix sync for servers which don't return Content-Length in HEAD
* Onedrive
* Add QuickXorHash support for OneDrive for business
* Fix socket leak in multipart session upload
* S3
* Look in S3 named profile files for credentials
* Add `--s3-disable-checksum` to disable checksum uploading (Chris Redekop)
* Hierarchical configuration support (Giri Badanahatti)
* Add in config for all the supported S3 providers
* Add One Zone Infrequent Access storage class (Craig Rachel)
* Add --use-server-modtime support (Peter Baumgartner)
* Add --s3-chunk-size option to control multipart uploads
* Ignore zero length directory markers
* SFTP
* Update docs to match code, fix typos and clarify disable_hashcheck prompt (Michael G. Noll)
* Update docs with Synology quirks
* Fail soft with a debug on hash failure
* Swift
* Add --use-server-modtime support (Peter Baumgartner)
* Webdav
* Support SharePoint cookie authentication (hensur)
* Strip leading and trailing / off root
## v1.40 - 2018-03-19
* New backends
* Alias backend to create aliases for existing remote names (Fabian Möller)
* New commands
* `lsf`: list for parsing purposes (Jakub Tasiemski)
* by default this is a simple non recursive list of files and directories
* it can be configured to add more info in an easy to parse way
* `serve restic`: for serving a remote as a Restic REST endpoint
* This enables restic to use any backends that rclone can access
* Thanks Alexander Neumann for help, patches and review
* `rc`: enable the remote control of a running rclone
* The running rclone must be started with --rc and related flags.
* Currently there is support for bwlimit, and flushing for mount and cache.
* New Features
* `--max-delete` flag to add a delete threshold (Bjørn Erik Pedersen)
* All backends now support RangeOption for ranged Open
* `cat`: Use RangeOption for limited fetches to make more efficient
* `cryptcheck`: make reading of nonce more efficient with RangeOption
* serve http/webdav/restic
* support SSL/TLS
* add `--user` `--pass` and `--htpasswd` for authentication
* `copy`/`move`: detect file size change during copy/move and abort transfer (ishuah)
* `cryptdecode`: added option to return encrypted file names. (ishuah)
* `lsjson`: add `--encrypted` to show encrypted name (Jakub Tasiemski)
* Add `--stats-file-name-length` to specify the printed file name length for stats (Will Gunn)
* Compile
* Code base was shuffled and factored
* backends moved into a backend directory
* large packages split up
* See the CONTRIBUTING.md doc for info as to what lives where now
* Update to using go1.10 as the default go version
* Implement daily [full integration tests](https://pub.rclone.org/integration-tests/)
* Release
* Include a source tarball and sign it and the binaries
* Sign the git tags as part of the release process
* Add .deb and .rpm packages as part of the build
* Make a beta release for all branches on the main repo (but not pull requests)
* Bug Fixes
* config: fixes errors on non existing config by loading config file only on first access
* config: retry saving the config after failure (Mateusz)
* sync: when using `--backup-dir` don't delete files if we can't set their modtime
* this fixes odd behaviour with Dropbox and `--backup-dir`
* fshttp: fix idle timeouts for HTTP connections
* `serve http`: fix serving files with : in - fixes
* Fix `--exclude-if-present` to ignore directories which it doesn't have permission for (Iakov Davydov)
* Make accounting work properly with crypt and b2
* remove `--no-traverse` flag because it is obsolete
* Mount
* Add `--attr-timeout` flag to control attribute caching in kernel
* this now defaults to 0 which is correct but less efficient
* see [the mount docs](/commands/rclone_mount/#attribute-caching) for more info
* Add `--daemon` flag to allow mount to run in the background (ishuah)
* Fix: Return ENOSYS rather than EIO on attempted link
* This fixes FileZilla accessing an rclone mount served over sftp.
* Fix setting modtime twice
* Mount tests now run on CI for Linux (mount & cmount)/Mac/Windows
* Many bugs fixed in the VFS layer - see below
* VFS
* Many fixes for `--vfs-cache-mode` writes and above
* Update cached copy if we know it has changed (fixes stale data)
* Clean path names before using them in the cache
* Disable cache cleaner if `--vfs-cache-poll-interval=0`
* Fill and clean the cache immediately on startup
* Fix Windows opening every file when it stats the file
* Fix applying modtime for an open Write Handle
* Fix creation of files when truncating
* Write 0 bytes when flushing unwritten handles to avoid race conditions in FUSE
* Downgrade "poll-interval is not supported" message to Info
* Make OpenFile and friends return EINVAL if O_RDONLY and O_TRUNC
* Local
* Downgrade "invalid cross-device link: trying copy" to debug
* Make DirMove return fs.ErrorCantDirMove to allow fallback to Copy for cross device
* Fix race conditions updating the hashes
* Cache
* Add support for polling - cache will update when remote changes on supported backends
* Reduce log level for Plex api
* Fix dir cache issue
* Implement `--cache-db-wait-time` flag
* Improve efficiency with RangeOption and RangeSeek
* Fix dirmove with temp fs enabled
* Notify vfs when using temp fs
* Offline uploading
* Remote control support for path flushing
* Amazon cloud drive
* Rclone no longer has any working keys - disable integration tests
* Implement DirChangeNotify to notify cache/vfs/mount of changes
* Azureblob
* Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
* this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
* Improve accounting for chunked uploads
* Backblaze B2
* Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
* this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
* Box
* Improve accounting for chunked uploads
* Dropbox
* Fix custom oauth client parameters
* Google Cloud Storage
* Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
* this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
* Google Drive
* Migrate to api v3 (Fabian Möller)
* Add scope configuration and root folder selection
* Add `--drive-impersonate` for service accounts
* thanks to everyone who tested, explored and contributed docs
* Add `--drive-use-created-date` to use created date as modified date (nbuchanan)
* Request the export formats only when required
* This makes rclone quicker when there are no google docs
* Fix finding paths with latin1 chars (a workaround for a drive bug)
* Fix copying of a single Google doc file
* Fix `--drive-auth-owner-only` to look in all directories
* HTTP
* Fix handling of directories with & in
* Onedrive
* Removed upload cutoff and always do session uploads
* this stops the creation of multiple versions on business onedrive
* Overwrite object size value with real size when reading file. (Victor)
* this fixes oddities when onedrive misreports the size of images
* Pcloud
* Remove unused chunked upload flag and code
* Qingstor
* Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
* this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
* S3
* Support hashes for multipart files (Chris Redekop)
* Initial support for IBM COS (S3) (Giri Badanahatti)
* Update docs to discourage use of v2 auth with CEPH and others
* Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
* this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
* Fix server side copy and set modtime on files with + in
* SFTP
* Add option to disable remote hash check command execution (Jon Fautley)
* Add `--sftp-ask-password` flag to prompt for password when needed (Leo R. Lundgren)
* Add `set_modtime` configuration option
* Fix following of symlinks
* Fix reading config file outside of Fs setup
* Fix reading $USER in username fallback not $HOME
* Fix running under crontab - Use correct OS way of reading username
* Swift
* Fix refresh of authentication token
* in v1.39 a bug was introduced which ignored new tokens - this fixes it
* Fix extra HEAD transaction when uploading a new file
* Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
* this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
* Webdav
* Add new time formats to support mydrive.ch and others
## v1.39 - 2017-12-23
* New backends
* WebDAV
* tested with nextcloud, owncloud, put.io and others!
* Pcloud
* cache - wraps a cache around other backends (Remus Bunduc)
* useful in combination with mount
* NB this feature is in beta so use with care
* New commands
* serve command with subcommands:
* serve webdav: this implements a webdav server for any rclone remote.
* serve http: command to serve a remote over HTTP
* config: add sub commands for full config file management
* create/delete/dump/edit/file/password/providers/show/update
* touch: to create or update the timestamp of a file (Jakub Tasiemski)
* New Features
* curl install for rclone (Filip Bartodziej)
* --stats now shows percentage, size, rate and ETA in condensed form (Ishuah Kariuki)
* --exclude-if-present to exclude a directory if a file is present (Iakov Davydov)
* rmdirs: add --leave-root flag (lewpam)
* move: add --delete-empty-src-dirs flag to remove dirs after move (Ishuah Kariuki)
* Add --dump flag, introduce --dump requests, responses and remove --dump-auth, --dump-filters
* Obscure X-Auth-Token: from headers when dumping too
* Document and implement exit codes for different failure modes (Ishuah Kariuki)
* Compile
* Bug Fixes
* Retry lots more different types of errors to make multipart transfers more reliable
* Save the config before asking for a token, fixes disappearing oauth config
* Warn the user if --include and --exclude are used together (Ernest Borowski)
* Fix duplicate files (eg on Google drive) causing spurious copies
* Allow trailing and leading whitespace for passwords (Jason Rose)
* ncdu: fix crashes on empty directories
* rcat: fix goroutine leak
* moveto/copyto: Fix to allow copying to the same name
* Mount
* --vfs-cache mode to make writes into mounts more reliable.
* this requires caching files on the disk (see --cache-dir)
* As this is a new feature, use with care
* Use sdnotify to signal systemd the mount is ready (Fabian Möller)
* Check if directory is not empty before mounting (Ernest Borowski)
* Local
* Add error message for cross file system moves
* Fix equality check for times
* Dropbox
* Rework multipart upload
* buffer the chunks when uploading large files so they can be retried
* change default chunk size to 48MB now we are buffering them in memory
* retry every error after the first chunk is done successfully
* Fix error when renaming directories
* Swift
* Fix crash on bad authentication
* Google Drive
* Add service account support (Tim Cooijmans)
* S3
* Make it work properly with Digital Ocean Spaces (Andrew Starr-Bochicchio)
* Fix crash if a bad listing is received
* Add support for ECS task IAM roles (David Minor)
* Backblaze B2
* Fix multipart upload retries
* Fix --hard-delete to make it work 100% of the time
* Swift
* Allow authentication with storage URL and auth key (Giovanni Pizzi)
* Add new fields for swift configuration to support IBM Bluemix Swift (Pierre Carlson)
* Add OS_TENANT_ID and OS_USER_ID to config
* Allow configs with user id instead of user name
* Check if swift segments container exists before creating (John Leach)
* Fix memory leak in swift transfers (upstream fix)
* SFTP
* Add option to enable the use of aes128-cbc cipher (Jon Fautley)
* Amazon cloud drive
* Fix download of large files failing with "Only one auth mechanism allowed"
* crypt
* Option to encrypt directory names or leave them intact
* Implement DirChangeNotify (Fabian Möller)
* onedrive
* Add option to choose resourceURL during setup of OneDrive Business account if more than one is available for user
## v1.38 - 2017-09-30
* New backends
* Azure Blob Storage (thanks Andrei Dragomir)
* Box
* Onedrive for Business (thanks Oliver Heyme)
* QingStor from QingCloud (thanks wuyu)
* New commands
* `rcat` - read from standard input and stream upload
* `tree` - shows a nicely formatted recursive listing
* `cryptdecode` - decode crypted file names (thanks ishuah)
* `config show` - print the config file
* `config file` - print the config file location
* New Features
* Empty directories are deleted on `sync`
* `dedupe` - implement merging of duplicate directories
* `check` and `cryptcheck` made more consistent and use less memory
* `cleanup` for remaining remotes (thanks ishuah)
* `--immutable` for ensuring that files don't change (thanks Jacob McNamee)
* `--user-agent` option (thanks Alex McGrath Kraak)
* `--disable` flag to disable optional features
* `--bind` flag for choosing the local addr on outgoing connections
* Support for zsh auto-completion (thanks bpicode)
* Stop normalizing file names but do a normalized compare in `sync`
* Compile
* Update to using go1.9 as the default go version
* Remove snapd build due to maintenance problems
* Bug Fixes
* Improve retriable error detection which makes multipart uploads better
* Make `check` obey `--ignore-size`
* Fix bwlimit toggle in conjunction with schedules (thanks cbruegg)
* `config` ensures newly written config is on the same mount
* Local
* Revert to copy when moving file across file system boundaries
* `--skip-links` to suppress symlink warnings (thanks Zhiming Wang)
* Mount
* Re-use `rcat` internals to support uploads from all remotes
* Dropbox
* Fix "entry doesn't belong in directory" error
* Stop using deprecated API methods
* Swift
* Fix server side copy to empty container with `--fast-list`
* Google Drive
* Change the default for `--drive-use-trash` to `true`
* S3
* Set session token when using STS (thanks Girish Ramakrishnan)
* Glacier docs and error messages (thanks Jan Varho)
* Read 1000 (not 1024) items in dir listings to fix Wasabi
* Backblaze B2
* Fix SHA1 mismatch when downloading files with no SHA1
* Calculate missing hashes on the fly instead of spooling
* `--b2-hard-delete` to permanently delete (not hide) files (thanks John Papandriopoulos)
* Hubic
* Fix creating containers - no longer have to use the `default` container
* Swift
* Optionally configure from a standard set of OpenStack environment vars
* Add `endpoint_type` config
* Google Cloud Storage
* Fix bucket creation to work with limited permission users
* SFTP
* Implement connection pooling for multiple ssh connections
* Limit new connections per second
* Add support for MD5 and SHA1 hashes where available (thanks Christian Brüggemann)
* HTTP
* Fix URL encoding issues
* Fix directories with `:` in
* Fix panic with URL encoded content
## v1.37 - 2017-07-22
* New backends
* FTP - thanks to Antonio Messina
* HTTP - thanks to Vasiliy Tolstov
* New commands
* rclone ncdu - for exploring a remote with a text based user interface.
* rclone lsjson - for listing with a machine readable output
* rclone dbhashsum - to show Dropbox style hashes of files (local or Dropbox)
* New Features
* Implement --fast-list flag
* This allows remotes to list recursively if they can
* This uses less transactions (important if you pay for them)
* This may or may not be quicker
* This will use more memory as it has to hold the listing in memory
* --old-sync-method deprecated - the remaining uses are covered by --fast-list
* This involved a major re-write of all the listing code
* Add --tpslimit and --tpslimit-burst to limit transactions per second
* this is useful in conjuction with `rclone mount` to limit external apps
* Add --stats-log-level so can see --stats without -v
* Print password prompts to stderr - Hraban Luyat
* Warn about duplicate files when syncing
* Oauth improvements
* allow auth_url and token_url to be set in the config file
* Print redirection URI if using own credentials.
* Don't Mkdir at the start of sync to save transactions
* Compile
* Update build to go1.8.3
* Require go1.6 for building rclone
* Compile 386 builds with "GO386=387" for maximum compatibility
* Bug Fixes
* Fix menu selection when no remotes
* Config saving reworked to not kill the file if disk gets full
* Don't delete remote if name does not change while renaming
* moveto, copyto: report transfers and checks as per move and copy
* Local
* Add --local-no-unicode-normalization flag - Bob Potter
* Mount
* Now supported on Windows using cgofuse and WinFsp - thanks to Bill Zissimopoulos for much help
* Compare checksums on upload/download via FUSE
* Unmount when program ends with SIGINT (Ctrl+C) or SIGTERM - Jérôme Vizcaino
* On read only open of file, make open pending until first read
* Make --read-only reject modify operations
* Implement ModTime via FUSE for remotes that support it
* Allow modTime to be changed even before all writers are closed
* Fix panic on renames
* Fix hang on errored upload
* Crypt
* Report the name:root as specified by the user
* Add an "obfuscate" option for filename encryption - Stephen Harris
* Amazon Drive
* Fix initialization order for token renewer
* Remove revoked credentials, allow oauth proxy config and update docs
* B2
* Reduce minimum chunk size to 5MB
* Drive
* Add team drive support
* Reduce bandwidth by adding fields for partial responses - Martin Kristensen
* Implement --drive-shared-with-me flag to view shared with me files - Danny Tsai
* Add --drive-trashed-only to read only the files in the trash
* Remove obsolete --drive-full-list
* Add missing seek to start on retries of chunked uploads
* Fix stats accounting for upload
* Convert / in names to a unicode equivalent (／)
* Poll for Google Drive changes when mounted
* OneDrive
* Fix the uploading of files with spaces
* Fix initialization order for token renewer
* Display speeds accurately when uploading - Yoni Jah
* Swap to using http://localhost:53682/ as redirect URL - Michael Ledin
* Retry on token expired error, reset upload body on retry - Yoni Jah
* Google Cloud Storage
* Add ability to specify location and storage class via config and command line - thanks gdm85
* Create container if necessary on server side copy
* Increase directory listing chunk to 1000 to increase performance
* Obtain a refresh token for GCS - Steven Lu
* Yandex
* Fix the name reported in log messages (was empty)
* Correct error return for listing empty directory
* Dropbox
* Rewritten to use the v2 API
* Now supports ModTime
* Can only set by uploading the file again
* If you uploaded with an old rclone, rclone may upload everything again
* Use `--size-only` or `--checksum` to avoid this
* Now supports the Dropbox content hashing scheme
* Now supports low level retries
* S3
* Work around eventual consistency in bucket creation
* Create container if necessary on server side copy
* Add us-east-2 (Ohio) and eu-west-2 (London) S3 regions - Zahiar Ahmed
* Swift, Hubic
* Fix zero length directory markers showing in the subdirectory listing
* this caused lots of duplicate transfers
* Fix paged directory listings
* this caused duplicate directory errors
* Create container if necessary on server side copy
* Increase directory listing chunk to 1000 to increase performance
* Make sensible error if the user forgets the container
* SFTP
* Add support for using ssh key files
* Fix under Windows
* Fix ssh agent on Windows
* Adapt to latest version of library - Igor Kharin
## v1.36 - 2017-03-18
* New Features
* SFTP remote (Jack Schmidt)
* Re-implement sync routine to work a directory at a time reducing memory usage
* Logging revamped to be more inline with rsync - now much quieter
* -v only shows transfers
* -vv is for full debug
* --syslog to log to syslog on capable platforms
* Implement --backup-dir and --suffix
* Implement --track-renames (initial implementation by Bjørn Erik Pedersen)
* Add time-based bandwidth limits (Lukas Loesche)
* rclone cryptcheck: checks integrity of crypt remotes
* Allow all config file variables and options to be set from environment variables
* Add --buffer-size parameter to control buffer size for copy
* Make --delete-after the default
* Add --ignore-checksum flag (fixed by Hisham Zarka)
* rclone check: Add --download flag to check all the data, not just hashes
* rclone cat: add --head, --tail, --offset, --count and --discard
* rclone config: when choosing from a list, allow the value to be entered too
* rclone config: allow rename and copy of remotes
* rclone obscure: for generating encrypted passwords for rclone's config (T.C. Ferguson)
* Comply with XDG Base Directory specification (Dario Giovannetti)
* this moves the default location of the config file in a backwards compatible way
* Release changes
* Ubuntu snap support (Dedsec1)
* Compile with go 1.8
* MIPS/Linux big and little endian support
* Bug Fixes
* Fix copyto copying things to the wrong place if the destination dir didn't exist
* Fix parsing of remotes in moveto and copyto
* Fix --delete-before deleting files on copy
* Fix --files-from with an empty file copying everything
* Fix sync: don't update mod times if --dry-run set
* Fix MimeType propagation
* Fix filters to add ** rules to directory rules
* Local
* Implement -L, --copy-links flag to allow rclone to follow symlinks
* Open files in write only mode so rclone can write to an rclone mount
* Fix unnormalised unicode causing problems reading directories
* Fix interaction between -x flag and --max-depth
* Mount
* Implement proper directory handling (mkdir, rmdir, renaming)
* Make include and exclude filters apply to mount
* Implement read and write async buffers - control with --buffer-size
* Fix fsync on for directories
* Fix retry on network failure when reading off crypt
* Crypt
* Add --crypt-show-mapping to show encrypted file mapping
* Fix crypt writer getting stuck in a loop
* **IMPORTANT** this bug had the potential to cause data corruption when
* reading data from a network based remote and
* writing to a crypt on Google Drive
* Use the cryptcheck command to validate your data if you are concerned
* If syncing two crypt remotes, sync the unencrypted remote
* Amazon Drive
* Fix panics on Move (rename)
* Fix panic on token expiry
* B2
* Fix inconsistent listings and rclone check
* Fix uploading empty files with go1.8
* Constrain memory usage when doing multipart uploads
* Fix upload url not being refreshed properly
* Drive
* Fix Rmdir on directories with trashed files
* Fix "Ignoring unknown object" when downloading
* Add --drive-list-chunk
* Add --drive-skip-gdocs (Károly Oláh)
* OneDrive
* Implement Move
* Fix Copy
* Fix overwrite detection in Copy
* Fix waitForJob to parse errors correctly
* Use token renewer to stop auth errors on long uploads
* Fix uploading empty files with go1.8
* Google Cloud Storage
* Fix depth 1 directory listings
* Yandex
* Fix single level directory listing
* Dropbox
* Normalise the case for single level directory listings
* Fix depth 1 listing
* S3
* Added ca-central-1 region (Jon Yergatian)
## v1.35 - 2017-01-02
* New Features
* moveto and copyto commands for choosing a destination name on copy/move
* rmdirs command to recursively delete empty directories
* Allow repeated --include/--exclude/--filter options
* Only show transfer stats on commands which transfer stuff
* show stats on any command using the `--stats` flag
* Allow overlapping directories in move when server side dir move is supported
* Add --stats-unit option - thanks Scott McGillivray
* Bug Fixes
* Fix the config file being overwritten when two rclones are running
* Make rclone lsd obey the filters properly
* Fix compilation on mips
* Fix not transferring files that don't differ in size
* Fix panic on nil retry/fatal error
* Mount
* Retry reads on error - should help with reliability a lot
* Report the modification times for directories from the remote
* Add bandwidth accounting and limiting (fixes --bwlimit)
* If --stats provided will show stats and which files are transferring
* Support R/W files if truncate is set.
* Implement statfs interface so df works
* Note that write is now supported on Amazon Drive
* Report number of blocks in a file - thanks Stefan Breunig
* Crypt
* Prevent the user pointing crypt at itself
* Fix failed to authenticate decrypted block errors
* these will now return the underlying unexpected EOF instead
* Amazon Drive
* Add support for server side move and directory move - thanks Stefan Breunig
* Fix nil pointer deref on size attribute
* B2
* Use new prefix and delimiter parameters in directory listings
* This makes --max-depth 1 dir listings as used in mount much faster
* Reauth the account while doing uploads too - should help with token expiry
* Drive
* Make DirMove more efficient and complain about moving the root
* Create destination directory on Move()
## v1.34 - 2016-11-06
* New Features
* Stop single file and `--files-from` operations iterating through the source bucket.
* Stop removing failed upload to cloud storage remotes
* Make ContentType be preserved for cloud to cloud copies
* Add support to toggle bandwidth limits via SIGUSR2 - thanks Marco Paganini
* `rclone check` shows count of hashes that couldn't be checked
* `rclone listremotes` command
* Support linux/arm64 build - thanks Fredrik Fornwall
* Remove `Authorization:` lines from `--dump-headers` output
* Bug Fixes
* Ignore files with control characters in the names
* Fix `rclone move` command
* Delete src files which already existed in dst
* Fix deletion of src file when dst file older
* Fix `rclone check` on crypted file systems
* Make failed uploads not count as "Transferred"
* Make sure high level retries show with `-q`
* Use a vendor directory with godep for repeatable builds
* `rclone mount` - FUSE
* Implement FUSE mount options
* `--no-modtime`, `--debug-fuse`, `--read-only`, `--allow-non-empty`, `--allow-root`, `--allow-other`
* `--default-permissions`, `--write-back-cache`, `--max-read-ahead`, `--umask`, `--uid`, `--gid`
* Add `--dir-cache-time` to control caching of directory entries
* Implement seek for files opened for read (useful for video players)
* with `-no-seek` flag to disable
* Fix crash on 32 bit ARM (alignment of 64 bit counter)
* ...and many more internal fixes and improvements!
* Crypt
* Don't show encrypted password in configurator to stop confusion
* Amazon Drive
* New wait for upload option `--acd-upload-wait-per-gb`
* upload timeouts scale by file size and can be disabled
* Add 502 Bad Gateway to list of errors we retry
* Fix overwriting a file with a zero length file
* Fix ACD file size warning limit - thanks Felix Bünemann
* Local
* Unix: implement `-x`/`--one-file-system` to stay on a single file system
* thanks Durval Menezes and Luiz Carlos Rumbelsperger Viana
* Windows: ignore the symlink bit on files
* Windows: Ignore directory based junction points
* B2
* Make sure each upload has at least one upload slot - fixes strange upload stats
* Fix uploads when using crypt
* Fix download of large files (sha1 mismatch)
* Return error when we try to create a bucket which someone else owns
* Update B2 docs with Data usage, and Crypt section - thanks Tomasz Mazur
* S3
* Command line and config file support for
* Setting/overriding ACL - thanks Radek Senfeld
* Setting storage class - thanks Asko Tamm
* Drive
* Make exponential backoff work exactly as per Google specification
* add `.epub`, `.odp` and `.tsv` as export formats.
* Swift
* Don't read metadata for directory marker objects
## v1.33 - 2016-08-24
* New Features
* Implement encryption
* data encrypted in NACL secretbox format
* with optional file name encryption
* New commands
* rclone mount - implements FUSE mounting of remotes (EXPERIMENTAL)
* works on Linux, FreeBSD and OS X (need testers for the last 2!)
* rclone cat - outputs remote file or files to the terminal
* rclone genautocomplete - command to make a bash completion script for rclone
* Editing a remote using `rclone config` now goes through the wizard
* Compile with go 1.7 - this fixes rclone on macOS Sierra and on 386 processors
* Use cobra for sub commands and docs generation
* drive
* Document how to make your own client_id
* s3
* User-configurable Amazon S3 ACL (thanks Radek Šenfeld)
* b2
* Fix stats accounting for upload - no more jumping to 100% done
* On cleanup delete hide marker if it is the current file
* New B2 API endpoint (thanks Per Cederberg)
* Set maximum backoff to 5 Minutes
* onedrive
* Fix URL escaping in file names - eg uploading files with `+` in them.
* amazon cloud drive
* Fix token expiry during large uploads
* Work around 408 REQUEST_TIMEOUT and 504 GATEWAY_TIMEOUT errors
* local
* Fix filenames with invalid UTF-8 not being uploaded
* Fix problem with some UTF-8 characters on OS X
## v1.32 - 2016-07-13
* Backblaze B2
* Fix upload of files large files not in root
## v1.31 - 2016-07-13
* New Features
* Reduce memory on sync by about 50%
* Implement --no-traverse flag to stop copy traversing the destination remote.
* This can be used to reduce memory usage down to the smallest possible.
* Useful to copy a small number of files into a large destination folder.
* Implement cleanup command for emptying trash / removing old versions of files
* Currently B2 only
* Single file handling improved
* Now copied with --files-from
* Automatically sets --no-traverse when copying a single file
* Info on using installing with ansible - thanks Stefan Weichinger
* Implement --no-update-modtime flag to stop rclone fixing the remote modified times.
* Bug Fixes
* Fix move command - stop it running for overlapping Fses - this was causing data loss.
* Local
* Fix incomplete hashes - this was causing problems for B2.
* Amazon Drive
* Rename Amazon Cloud Drive to Amazon Drive - no changes to config file needed.
* Swift
* Add support for non-default project domain - thanks Antonio Messina.
* S3
* Add instructions on how to use rclone with minio.
* Add ap-northeast-2 (Seoul) and ap-south-1 (Mumbai) regions.
* Skip setting the modified time for objects > 5GB as it isn't possible.
* Backblaze B2
* Add --b2-versions flag so old versions can be listed and retreived.
* Treat 403 errors (eg cap exceeded) as fatal.
* Implement cleanup command for deleting old file versions.
* Make error handling compliant with B2 integrations notes.
* Fix handling of token expiry.
* Implement --b2-test-mode to set `X-Bz-Test-Mode` header.
* Set cutoff for chunked upload to 200MB as per B2 guidelines.
* Make upload multi-threaded.
* Dropbox
* Don't retry 461 errors.
## v1.30 - 2016-06-18
* New Features
* Directory listing code reworked for more features and better error reporting (thanks to Klaus Post for help). This enables
* Directory include filtering for efficiency
* --max-depth parameter
* Better error reporting
* More to come
* Retry more errors
* Add --ignore-size flag - for uploading images to onedrive
* Log -v output to stdout by default
* Display the transfer stats in more human readable form
* Make 0 size files specifiable with `--max-size 0b`
* Add `b` suffix so we can specify bytes in --bwlimit, --min-size etc
* Use "password:" instead of "password>" prompt - thanks Klaus Post and Leigh Klotz
* Bug Fixes
* Fix retry doing one too many retries
* Local
* Fix problems with OS X and UTF-8 characters
* Amazon Drive
* Check a file exists before uploading to help with 408 Conflict errors
* Reauth on 401 errors - this has been causing a lot of problems
* Work around spurious 403 errors
* Restart directory listings on error
* Google Drive
* Check a file exists before uploading to help with duplicates
* Fix retry of multipart uploads
* Backblaze B2
* Implement large file uploading
* S3
* Add AES256 server-side encryption for - thanks Justin R. Wilson
* Google Cloud Storage
* Make sure we don't use conflicting content types on upload
* Add service account support - thanks Michal Witkowski
* Swift
* Add auth version parameter
* Add domain option for openstack (v3 auth) - thanks Fabian Ruff
## v1.29 - 2016-04-18
* New Features
* Implement `-I, --ignore-times` for unconditional upload
* Improve `dedupe`command
* Now removes identical copies without asking
* Now obeys `--dry-run`
* Implement `--dedupe-mode` for non interactive running
* `--dedupe-mode interactive` - interactive the default.
* `--dedupe-mode skip` - removes identical files then skips anything left.
* `--dedupe-mode first` - removes identical files then keeps the first one.
* `--dedupe-mode newest` - removes identical files then keeps the newest one.
* `--dedupe-mode oldest` - removes identical files then keeps the oldest one.
* `--dedupe-mode rename` - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different.
* Bug fixes
* Make rclone check obey the `--size-only` flag.
* Use "application/octet-stream" if discovered mime type is invalid.
* Fix missing "quit" option when there are no remotes.
* Google Drive
* Increase default chunk size to 8 MB - increases upload speed of big files
* Speed up directory listings and make more reliable
* Add missing retries for Move and DirMove - increases reliability
* Preserve mime type on file update
* Backblaze B2
* Enable mod time syncing
* This means that B2 will now check modification times
* It will upload new files to update the modification times
* (there isn't an API to just set the mod time.)
* If you want the old behaviour use `--size-only`.
* Update API to new version
* Fix parsing of mod time when not in metadata
* Swift/Hubic
* Don't return an MD5SUM for static large objects
* S3
* Fix uploading files bigger than 50GB
## v1.28 - 2016-03-01
* New Features
* Configuration file encryption - thanks Klaus Post
* Improve `rclone config` adding more help and making it easier to understand
* Implement `-u`/`--update` so creation times can be used on all remotes
* Implement `--low-level-retries` flag
* Optionally disable gzip compression on downloads with `--no-gzip-encoding`
* Bug fixes
* Don't make directories if `--dry-run` set
* Fix and document the `move` command
* Fix redirecting stderr on unix-like OSes when using `--log-file`
* Fix `delete` command to wait until all finished - fixes missing deletes.
* Backblaze B2
* Use one upload URL per go routine fixes `more than one upload using auth token`
* Add pacing, retries and reauthentication - fixes token expiry problems
* Upload without using a temporary file from local (and remotes which support SHA1)
* Fix reading metadata for all files when it shouldn't have been
* Drive
* Fix listing drive documents at root
* Disable copy and move for Google docs
* Swift
* Fix uploading of chunked files with non ASCII characters
* Allow setting of `storage_url` in the config - thanks Xavier Lucas
* S3
* Allow IAM role and credentials from environment variables - thanks Brian Stengaard
* Allow low privilege users to use S3 (check if directory exists during Mkdir) - thanks Jakub Gedeon
* Amazon Drive
* Retry on more things to make directory listings more reliable
## v1.27 - 2016-01-31
* New Features
* Easier headless configuration with `rclone authorize`
* Add support for multiple hash types - we now check SHA1 as well as MD5 hashes.
* `delete` command which does obey the filters (unlike `purge`)
* `dedupe` command to deduplicate a remote. Useful with Google Drive.
* Add `--ignore-existing` flag to skip all files that exist on destination.
* Add `--delete-before`, `--delete-during`, `--delete-after` flags.
* Add `--memprofile` flag to debug memory use.
* Warn the user about files with same name but different case
* Make `--include` rules add their implict exclude * at the end of the filter list
* Deprecate compiling with go1.3
* Amazon Drive
* Fix download of files > 10 GB
* Fix directory traversal ("Next token is expired") for large directory listings
* Remove 409 conflict from error codes we will retry - stops very long pauses
* Backblaze B2
* SHA1 hashes now checked by rclone core
* Drive
* Add `--drive-auth-owner-only` to only consider files owned by the user - thanks Björn Harrtell
* Export Google documents
* Dropbox
* Make file exclusion error controllable with -q
* Swift
* Fix upload from unprivileged user.
* S3
* Fix updating of mod times of files with `+` in.
* Local
* Add local file system option to disable UNC on Windows.
## v1.26 - 2016-01-02
* New Features
* Yandex storage backend - thank you Dmitry Burdeev ("dibu")
* Implement Backblaze B2 storage backend
* Add --min-age and --max-age flags - thank you Adriano Aurélio Meirelles
* Make ls/lsl/md5sum/size/check obey includes and excludes
* Fixes
* Fix crash in http logging
* Upload releases to github too
* Swift
* Fix sync for chunked files
* OneDrive
* Re-enable server side copy
* Don't mask HTTP error codes with JSON decode error
* S3
* Fix corrupting Content-Type on mod time update (thanks Joseph Spurrier)
## v1.25 - 2015-11-14
* New features
* Implement Hubic storage system
* Fixes
* Fix deletion of some excluded files without --delete-excluded
* This could have deleted files unexpectedly on sync
* Always check first with `--dry-run`!
* Swift
* Stop SetModTime losing metadata (eg X-Object-Manifest)
* This could have caused data loss for files > 5GB in size
* Use ContentType from Object to avoid lookups in listings
* OneDrive
* disable server side copy as it seems to be broken at Microsoft
## v1.24 - 2015-11-07
* New features
* Add support for Microsoft OneDrive
* Add `--no-check-certificate` option to disable server certificate verification
* Add async readahead buffer for faster transfer of big files
* Fixes
* Allow spaces in remotes and check remote names for validity at creation time
* Allow '&' and disallow ':' in Windows filenames.
* Swift
* Ignore directory marker objects where appropriate - allows working with Hubic
* Don't delete the container if fs wasn't at root
* S3
* Don't delete the bucket if fs wasn't at root
* Google Cloud Storage
* Don't delete the bucket if fs wasn't at root
## v1.23 - 2015-10-03
* New features
* Implement `rclone size` for measuring remotes
* Fixes
* Fix headless config for drive and gcs
* Tell the user they should try again if the webserver method failed
* Improve output of `--dump-headers`
* S3
* Allow anonymous access to public buckets
* Swift
* Stop chunked operations logging "Failed to read info: Object Not Found"
* Use Content-Length on uploads for extra reliability
## v1.22 - 2015-09-28
* Implement rsync like include and exclude flags
* swift
* Support files > 5GB - thanks Sergey Tolmachev
## v1.21 - 2015-09-22
* New features
* Display individual transfer progress
* Make lsl output times in localtime
* Fixes
* Fix allowing user to override credentials again in Drive, GCS and ACD
* Amazon Drive
* Implement compliant pacing scheme
* Google Drive
* Make directory reads concurrent for increased speed.
## v1.20 - 2015-09-15
* New features
* Amazon Drive support
* Oauth support redone - fix many bugs and improve usability
* Use "golang.org/x/oauth2" as oauth libary of choice
* Improve oauth usability for smoother initial signup
* drive, googlecloudstorage: optionally use auto config for the oauth token
* Implement --dump-headers and --dump-bodies debug flags
* Show multiple matched commands if abbreviation too short
* Implement server side move where possible
* local
* Always use UNC paths internally on Windows - fixes a lot of bugs
* dropbox
* force use of our custom transport which makes timeouts work
* Thanks to Klaus Post for lots of help with this release
## v1.19 - 2015-08-28
* New features
* Server side copies for s3/swift/drive/dropbox/gcs
* Move command - uses server side copies if it can
* Implement --retries flag - tries 3 times by default
* Build for plan9/amd64 and solaris/amd64 too
* Fixes
* Make a current version download with a fixed URL for scripting
* Ignore rmdir in limited fs rather than throwing error
* dropbox
* Increase chunk size to improve upload speeds massively
* Issue an error message when trying to upload bad file name
## v1.18 - 2015-08-17
* drive
* Add `--drive-use-trash` flag so rclone trashes instead of deletes
* Add "Forbidden to download" message for files with no downloadURL
* dropbox
* Remove datastore
* This was deprecated and it caused a lot of problems
* Modification times and MD5SUMs no longer stored
* Fix uploading files > 2GB
* s3
* use official AWS SDK from github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go
* **NB** will most likely require you to delete and recreate remote
* enable multipart upload which enables files > 5GB
* tested with Ceph / RadosGW / S3 emulation
* many thanks to Sam Liston and Brian Haymore at the [Utah Center for High Performance Computing](https://www.chpc.utah.edu/) for a Ceph test account
* misc
* Show errors when reading the config file
* Do not print stats in quiet mode - thanks Leonid Shalupov
* Add FAQ
* Fix created directories not obeying umask
* Linux installation instructions - thanks Shimon Doodkin
## v1.17 - 2015-06-14
* dropbox: fix case insensitivity issues - thanks Leonid Shalupov
## v1.16 - 2015-06-09
* Fix uploading big files which was causing timeouts or panics
* Don't check md5sum after download with --size-only
## v1.15 - 2015-06-06
* Add --checksum flag to only discard transfers by MD5SUM - thanks Alex Couper
* Implement --size-only flag to sync on size not checksum & modtime
* Expand docs and remove duplicated information
* Document rclone's limitations with directories
* dropbox: update docs about case insensitivity
## v1.14 - 2015-05-21
* local: fix encoding of non utf-8 file names - fixes a duplicate file problem
* drive: docs about rate limiting
* google cloud storage: Fix compile after API change in "google.golang.org/api/storage/v1"
## v1.13 - 2015-05-10
* Revise documentation (especially sync)
* Implement --timeout and --conntimeout
* s3: ignore etags from multipart uploads which aren't md5sums
## v1.12 - 2015-03-15
* drive: Use chunked upload for files above a certain size
* drive: add --drive-chunk-size and --drive-upload-cutoff parameters
* drive: switch to insert from update when a failed copy deletes the upload
* core: Log duplicate files if they are detected
## v1.11 - 2015-03-04
* swift: add region parameter
* drive: fix crash on failed to update remote mtime
* In remote paths, change native directory separators to /
* Add synchronization to ls/lsl/lsd output to stop corruptions
* Ensure all stats/log messages to go stderr
* Add --log-file flag to log everything (including panics) to file
* Make it possible to disable stats printing with --stats=0
* Implement --bwlimit to limit data transfer bandwidth
## v1.10 - 2015-02-12
* s3: list an unlimited number of items
* Fix getting stuck in the configurator
## v1.09 - 2015-02-07
* windows: Stop drive letters (eg C:) getting mixed up with remotes (eg drive:)
* local: Fix directory separators on Windows
* drive: fix rate limit exceeded errors
## v1.08 - 2015-02-04
* drive: fix subdirectory listing to not list entire drive
* drive: Fix SetModTime
* dropbox: adapt code to recent library changes
## v1.07 - 2014-12-23
* google cloud storage: fix memory leak
## v1.06 - 2014-12-12
* Fix "Couldn't find home directory" on OSX
* swift: Add tenant parameter
* Use new location of Google API packages
## v1.05 - 2014-08-09
* Improved tests and consequently lots of minor fixes
* core: Fix race detected by go race detector
* core: Fixes after running errcheck
* drive: reset root directory on Rmdir and Purge
* fs: Document that Purger returns error on empty directory, test and fix
* google cloud storage: fix ListDir on subdirectory
* google cloud storage: re-read metadata in SetModTime
* s3: make reading metadata more reliable to work around eventual consistency problems
* s3: strip trailing / from ListDir()
* swift: return directories without / in ListDir
## v1.04 - 2014-07-21
* google cloud storage: Fix crash on Update
## v1.03 - 2014-07-20
* swift, s3, dropbox: fix updated files being marked as corrupted
* Make compile with go 1.1 again
## v1.02 - 2014-07-19
* Implement Dropbox remote
* Implement Google Cloud Storage remote
* Verify Md5sums and Sizes after copies
* Remove times from "ls" command - lists sizes only
* Add add "lsl" - lists times and sizes
* Add "md5sum" command
## v1.01 - 2014-07-04
* drive: fix transfer of big files using up lots of memory
## v1.00 - 2014-07-03
* drive: fix whole second dates
## v0.99 - 2014-06-26
* Fix --dry-run not working
* Make compatible with go 1.1
## v0.98 - 2014-05-30
* s3: Treat missing Content-Length as 0 for some ceph installations
* rclonetest: add file with a space in
## v0.97 - 2014-05-05
* Implement copying of single files
* s3 & swift: support paths inside containers/buckets
## v0.96 - 2014-04-24
* drive: Fix multiple files of same name being created
* drive: Use o.Update and fs.Put to optimise transfers
* Add version number, -V and --version
## v0.95 - 2014-03-28
* rclone.org: website, docs and graphics
* drive: fix path parsing
## v0.94 - 2014-03-27
* Change remote format one last time
* GNU style flags
## v0.93 - 2014-03-16
* drive: store token in config file
* cross compile other versions
* set strict permissions on config file
## v0.92 - 2014-03-15
* Config fixes and --config option
## v0.91 - 2014-03-15
* Make config file
## v0.90 - 2013-06-27
* Project named rclone
## v0.00 - 2012-11-18
* Project started
Bugs and Limitations
--------------------
### Empty directories are left behind / not created ##
With remotes that have a concept of directory, eg Local and Drive,
empty directories may be left behind, or not created when one was
expected.
This is because rclone doesn't have a concept of a directory - it only
works on objects. Most of the object storage systems can't actually
store a directory so there is nowhere for rclone to store anything
about directories.
You can work round this to some extent with the`purge` command which
will delete everything under the path, **inluding** empty directories.
This may be fixed at some point in
[Issue #100](https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/100)
### Directory timestamps aren't preserved ##
For the same reason as the above, rclone doesn't have a concept of a
directory - it only works on objects, therefore it can't preserve the
timestamps of directories.
Frequently Asked Questions
--------------------------
### Do all cloud storage systems support all rclone commands ###
Yes they do. All the rclone commands (eg `sync`, `copy` etc) will
work on all the remote storage systems.
### Can I copy the config from one machine to another ###
Sure! Rclone stores all of its config in a single file. If you want
to find this file, the simplest way is to run `rclone -h` and look at
the help for the `--config` flag which will tell you where it is.
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for more info.
### How do I configure rclone on a remote / headless box with no browser? ###
This has now been documented in its own [remote setup page](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/).
### Can rclone sync directly from drive to s3 ###
Rclone can sync between two remote cloud storage systems just fine.
Note that it effectively downloads the file and uploads it again, so
the node running rclone would need to have lots of bandwidth.
The syncs would be incremental (on a file by file basis).
Eg
rclone sync drive:Folder s3:bucket
### Using rclone from multiple locations at the same time ###
You can use rclone from multiple places at the same time if you choose
different subdirectory for the output, eg
```
Server A> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerA
Server B> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerB
```
If you sync to the same directory then you should use rclone copy
otherwise the two rclones may delete each others files, eg
```
Server A> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup
Server B> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup
```
The file names you upload from Server A and Server B should be
different in this case, otherwise some file systems (eg Drive) may
make duplicates.
### Why doesn't rclone support partial transfers / binary diffs like rsync? ###
Rclone stores each file you transfer as a native object on the remote
cloud storage system. This means that you can see the files you
upload as expected using alternative access methods (eg using the
Google Drive web interface). There is a 1:1 mapping between files on
your hard disk and objects created in the cloud storage system.
Cloud storage systems (at least none I've come across yet) don't
support partially uploading an object. You can't take an existing
object, and change some bytes in the middle of it.
It would be possible to make a sync system which stored binary diffs
instead of whole objects like rclone does, but that would break the
1:1 mapping of files on your hard disk to objects in the remote cloud
storage system.
All the cloud storage systems support partial downloads of content, so
it would be possible to make partial downloads work. However to make
this work efficiently this would require storing a significant amount
of metadata, which breaks the desired 1:1 mapping of files to objects.
### Can rclone do bi-directional sync? ###
No, not at present. rclone only does uni-directional sync from A ->
B. It may do in the future though since it has all the primitives - it
just requires writing the algorithm to do it.
### Can I use rclone with an HTTP proxy? ###
Yes. rclone will use the environment variables `HTTP_PROXY`,
`HTTPS_PROXY` and `NO_PROXY`, similar to cURL and other programs.
`HTTPS_PROXY` takes precedence over `HTTP_PROXY` for https requests.
The environment values may be either a complete URL or a "host[:port]",
in which case the "http" scheme is assumed.
The `NO_PROXY` allows you to disable the proxy for specific hosts.
Hosts must be comma separated, and can contain domains or parts.
For instance "foo.com" also matches "bar.foo.com".
### Rclone gives x509: failed to load system roots and no roots provided error ###
This means that `rclone` can't file the SSL root certificates. Likely
you are running `rclone` on a NAS with a cut-down Linux OS, or
possibly on Solaris.
Rclone (via the Go runtime) tries to load the root certificates from
these places on Linux.
"/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt", // Debian/Ubuntu/Gentoo etc.
"/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt", // Fedora/RHEL
"/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.pem", // OpenSUSE
"/etc/pki/tls/cacert.pem", // OpenELEC
So doing something like this should fix the problem. It also sets the
time which is important for SSL to work properly.
```
mkdir -p /etc/ssl/certs/
curl -o /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bagder/ca-bundle/master/ca-bundle.crt
ntpclient -s -h pool.ntp.org
```
The two environment variables `SSL_CERT_FILE` and `SSL_CERT_DIR`, mentioned in the [x509 pacakge](https://godoc.org/crypto/x509),
provide an additional way to provide the SSL root certificates.
Note that you may need to add the `--insecure` option to the `curl` command line if it doesn't work without.
```
curl --insecure -o /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bagder/ca-bundle/master/ca-bundle.crt
```
### Rclone gives Failed to load config file: function not implemented error ###
Likely this means that you are running rclone on Linux version not
supported by the go runtime, ie earlier than version 2.6.23.
See the [system requirements section in the go install
docs](https://golang.org/doc/install) for full details.
### All my uploaded docx/xlsx/pptx files appear as archive/zip ###
This is caused by uploading these files from a Windows computer which
hasn't got the Microsoft Office suite installed. The easiest way to
fix is to install the Word viewer and the Microsoft Office
Compatibility Pack for Word, Excel, and PowerPoint 2007 and later
versions' file formats
### tcp lookup some.domain.com no such host ###
This happens when rclone cannot resolve a domain. Please check that
your DNS setup is generally working, e.g.
```
# both should print a long list of possible IP addresses
dig www.googleapis.com # resolve using your default DNS
dig www.googleapis.com @8.8.8.8 # resolve with Google's DNS server
```
If you are using `systemd-resolved` (default on Arch Linux), ensure it
is at version 233 or higher. Previous releases contain a bug which
causes not all domains to be resolved properly.
Additionally with the `GODEBUG=netdns=` environment variable the Go
resolver decision can be influenced. This also allows to resolve certain
issues with DNS resolution. See the [name resolution section in the go docs](https://golang.org/pkg/net/#hdr-Name_Resolution).
License
-------
This is free software under the terms of MIT the license (check the
COPYING file included with the source code).
```
Copyright (C) 2012 by Nick Craig-Wood https://www.craig-wood.com/nick/
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
```
Authors
-------
* Nick Craig-Wood <nick@craig-wood.com>
Contributors
------------
* Alex Couper <amcouper@gmail.com>
* Leonid Shalupov <leonid@shalupov.com> <shalupov@diverse.org.ru>
* Shimon Doodkin <helpmepro1@gmail.com>
* Colin Nicholson <colin@colinn.com>
* Klaus Post <klauspost@gmail.com>
* Sergey Tolmachev <tolsi.ru@gmail.com>
* Adriano Aurélio Meirelles <adriano@atinge.com>
* C. Bess <cbess@users.noreply.github.com>
* Dmitry Burdeev <dibu28@gmail.com>
* Joseph Spurrier <github@josephspurrier.com>
* Björn Harrtell <bjorn@wololo.org>
* Xavier Lucas <xavier.lucas@corp.ovh.com>
* Werner Beroux <werner@beroux.com>
* Brian Stengaard <brian@stengaard.eu>
* Jakub Gedeon <jgedeon@sofi.com>
* Jim Tittsler <jwt@onjapan.net>
* Michal Witkowski <michal@improbable.io>
* Fabian Ruff <fabian.ruff@sap.com>
* Leigh Klotz <klotz@quixey.com>
* Romain Lapray <lapray.romain@gmail.com>
* Justin R. Wilson <jrw972@gmail.com>
* Antonio Messina <antonio.s.messina@gmail.com>
* Stefan G. Weichinger <office@oops.co.at>
* Per Cederberg <cederberg@gmail.com>
* Radek Šenfeld <rush@logic.cz>
* Fredrik Fornwall <fredrik@fornwall.net>
* Asko Tamm <asko@deekit.net>
* xor-zz <xor@gstocco.com>
* Tomasz Mazur <tmazur90@gmail.com>
* Marco Paganini <paganini@paganini.net>
* Felix Bünemann <buenemann@louis.info>
* Durval Menezes <jmrclone@durval.com>
* Luiz Carlos Rumbelsperger Viana <maxd13_luiz_carlos@hotmail.com>
* Stefan Breunig <stefan-github@yrden.de>
* Alishan Ladhani <ali-l@users.noreply.github.com>
* 0xJAKE <0xJAKE@users.noreply.github.com>
* Thibault Molleman <thibaultmol@users.noreply.github.com>
* Scott McGillivray <scott.mcgillivray@gmail.com>
* Bjørn Erik Pedersen <bjorn.erik.pedersen@gmail.com>
* Lukas Loesche <lukas@mesosphere.io>
* emyarod <allllaboutyou@gmail.com>
* T.C. Ferguson <tcf909@gmail.com>
* Brandur <brandur@mutelight.org>
* Dario Giovannetti <dev@dariogiovannetti.net>
* Károly Oláh <okaresz@aol.com>
* Jon Yergatian <jon@macfanatic.ca>
* Jack Schmidt <github@mowsey.org>
* Dedsec1 <Dedsec1@users.noreply.github.com>
* Hisham Zarka <hzarka@gmail.com>
* Jérôme Vizcaino <jerome.vizcaino@gmail.com>
* Mike Tesch <mjt6129@rit.edu>
* Marvin Watson <marvwatson@users.noreply.github.com>
* Danny Tsai <danny8376@gmail.com>
* Yoni Jah <yonjah+git@gmail.com> <yonjah+github@gmail.com>
* Stephen Harris <github@spuddy.org>
* Ihor Dvoretskyi <ihor.dvoretskyi@gmail.com>
* Jon Craton <jncraton@gmail.com>
* Hraban Luyat <hraban@0brg.net>
* Michael Ledin <mledin89@gmail.com>
* Martin Kristensen <me@azgul.com>
* Too Much IO <toomuchio@users.noreply.github.com>
* Anisse Astier <anisse@astier.eu>
* Zahiar Ahmed <zahiar@live.com>
* Igor Kharin <igorkharin@gmail.com>
* Bill Zissimopoulos <billziss@navimatics.com>
* Bob Potter <bobby.potter@gmail.com>
* Steven Lu <tacticalazn@gmail.com>
* Sjur Fredriksen <sjurtf@ifi.uio.no>
* Ruwbin <hubus12345@gmail.com>
* Fabian Möller <fabianm88@gmail.com> <f.moeller@nynex.de>
* Edward Q. Bridges <github@eqbridges.com>
* Vasiliy Tolstov <v.tolstov@selfip.ru>
* Harshavardhana <harsha@minio.io>
* sainaen <sainaen@gmail.com>
* gdm85 <gdm85@users.noreply.github.com>
* Yaroslav Halchenko <debian@onerussian.com>
* John Papandriopoulos <jpap@users.noreply.github.com>
* Zhiming Wang <zmwangx@gmail.com>
* Andy Pilate <cubox@cubox.me>
* Oliver Heyme <olihey@googlemail.com> <olihey@users.noreply.github.com> <de8olihe@lego.com>
* wuyu <wuyu@yunify.com>
* Andrei Dragomir <adragomi@adobe.com>
* Christian Brüggemann <mail@cbruegg.com>
* Alex McGrath Kraak <amkdude@gmail.com>
* bpicode <bjoern.pirnay@googlemail.com>
* Daniel Jagszent <daniel@jagszent.de>
* Josiah White <thegenius2009@gmail.com>
* Ishuah Kariuki <kariuki@ishuah.com> <ishuah91@gmail.com>
* Jan Varho <jan@varho.org>
* Girish Ramakrishnan <girish@cloudron.io>
* LingMan <LingMan@users.noreply.github.com>
* Jacob McNamee <jacobmcnamee@gmail.com>
* jersou <jertux@gmail.com>
* thierry <thierry@substantiel.fr>
* Simon Leinen <simon.leinen@gmail.com> <ubuntu@s3-test.novalocal>
* Dan Dascalescu <ddascalescu+github@gmail.com>
* Jason Rose <jason@jro.io>
* Andrew Starr-Bochicchio <a.starr.b@gmail.com>
* John Leach <john@johnleach.co.uk>
* Corban Raun <craun@instructure.com>
* Pierre Carlson <mpcarl@us.ibm.com>
* Ernest Borowski <er.borowski@gmail.com>
* Remus Bunduc <remus.bunduc@gmail.com>
* Iakov Davydov <iakov.davydov@unil.ch> <dav05.gith@myths.ru>
* Jakub Tasiemski <tasiemski@gmail.com>
* David Minor <dminor@saymedia.com>
* Tim Cooijmans <cooijmans.tim@gmail.com>
* Laurence <liuxy6@gmail.com>
* Giovanni Pizzi <gio.piz@gmail.com>
* Filip Bartodziej <filipbartodziej@gmail.com>
* Jon Fautley <jon@dead.li>
* lewapm <32110057+lewapm@users.noreply.github.com>
* Yassine Imounachen <yassine256@gmail.com>
* Chris Redekop <chris-redekop@users.noreply.github.com> <chris.redekop@gmail.com>
* Jon Fautley <jon@adenoid.appstal.co.uk>
* Will Gunn <WillGunn@users.noreply.github.com>
* Lucas Bremgartner <lucas@bremis.ch>
* Jody Frankowski <jody.frankowski@gmail.com>
* Andreas Roussos <arouss1980@gmail.com>
* nbuchanan <nbuchanan@utah.gov>
* Durval Menezes <rclone@durval.com>
* Victor <vb-github@viblo.se>
* Mateusz <pabian.mateusz@gmail.com>
* Daniel Loader <spicypixel@gmail.com>
* David0rk <davidork@gmail.com>
* Alexander Neumann <alexander@bumpern.de>
* Giri Badanahatti <gbadanahatti@us.ibm.com@Giris-MacBook-Pro.local>
* Leo R. Lundgren <leo@finalresort.org>
* wolfv <wolfv6@users.noreply.github.com>
* Dave Pedu <dave@davepedu.com>
* Stefan Lindblom <lindblom@spotify.com>
* seuffert <oliver@seuffert.biz>
* gbadanahatti <37121690+gbadanahatti@users.noreply.github.com>
* Keith Goldfarb <barkofdelight@gmail.com>
* Steve Kriss <steve@heptio.com>
* Chih-Hsuan Yen <yan12125@gmail.com>
* Alexander Neumann <fd0@users.noreply.github.com>
* Matt Holt <mholt@users.noreply.github.com>
* Eri Bastos <bastos.eri@gmail.com>
* Michael P. Dubner <pywebmail@list.ru>
* Antoine GIRARD <sapk@users.noreply.github.com>
* Mateusz Piotrowski <mpp302@gmail.com>
* Animosity022 <animosity22@users.noreply.github.com>
* Peter Baumgartner <pete@lincolnloop.com>
* Craig Rachel <craig@craigrachel.com>
* Michael G. Noll <miguno@users.noreply.github.com>
* hensur <me@hensur.de>
* Oliver Heyme <de8olihe@lego.com>
* Richard Yang <richard@yenforyang.com>
* Piotr Oleszczyk <piotr.oleszczyk@gmail.com>
* Rodrigo <rodarima@gmail.com>
* NoLooseEnds <NoLooseEnds@users.noreply.github.com>
* Jakub Karlicek <jakub@karlicek.me>
* John Clayton <john@codemonkeylabs.com>
* Kasper Byrdal Nielsen <byrdal76@gmail.com>
* Benjamin Joseph Dag <bjdag1234@users.noreply.github.com>
* themylogin <themylogin@gmail.com>
* Onno Zweers <onno.zweers@surfsara.nl>
* Jasper Lievisse Adriaanse <jasper@humppa.nl>
* sandeepkru <sandeep.ummadi@gmail.com> <sandeepkru@users.noreply.github.com>
* HerrH <atomtigerzoo@users.noreply.github.com>
* Andrew <4030760+sparkyman215@users.noreply.github.com>
* dan smith <XX1011@gmail.com>
* Oleg Kovalov <iamolegkovalov@gmail.com>
* Ruben Vandamme <github-com-00ff86@vandamme.email>
* Cnly <minecnly@gmail.com>
* Andres Alvarez <1671935+kir4h@users.noreply.github.com>
* reddi1 <xreddi@gmail.com>
* Matt Tucker <matthewtckr@gmail.com>
* Sebastian Bünger <buengese@gmail.com>
* Martin Polden <mpolden@mpolden.no>
* Alex Chen <Cnly@users.noreply.github.com>
* Denis <deniskovpen@gmail.com>
* bsteiss <35940619+bsteiss@users.noreply.github.com>
* Cédric Connes <cedric.connes@gmail.com>
* Dr. Tobias Quathamer <toddy15@users.noreply.github.com>
* dcpu <42736967+dcpu@users.noreply.github.com>
* Sheldon Rupp <me@shel.io>
* albertony <12441419+albertony@users.noreply.github.com>
* cron410 <cron410@gmail.com>
* Anagh Kumar Baranwal <anaghk.dos@gmail.com>
* Felix Brucker <felix@felixbrucker.com>
* Santiago Rodríguez <scollazo@users.noreply.github.com>
* Craig Miskell <craig.miskell@fluxfederation.com>
* Antoine GIRARD <sapk@sapk.fr>
* Joanna Marek <joanna.marek@u2i.com>
* frenos <frenos@users.noreply.github.com>
* ssaqua <ssaqua@users.noreply.github.com>
* xnaas <me@xnaas.info>
* Frantisek Fuka <fuka@fuxoft.cz>
* Paul Kohout <pauljkohout@yahoo.com>
* dcpu <43330287+dcpu@users.noreply.github.com>
* jackyzy823 <jackyzy823@gmail.com>
* David Haguenauer <ml@kurokatta.org>
* teresy <hi.teresy@gmail.com>
* buergi <patbuergi@gmx.de>
# Contact the rclone project #
## Forum ##
Forum for general discussions and questions:
* https://forum.rclone.org
## Gitub project ##
The project website is at:
* https://github.com/ncw/rclone
There you can file bug reports, ask for help or contribute pull
requests.
## Google+ ##
Rclone has a Google+ page which announcements are posted to
* <a href="https://google.com/+RcloneOrg" rel="publisher">Google+ page for general comments</a>
## Twitter ##
You can also follow me on twitter for rclone announcements
* [@njcw](https://twitter.com/njcw)
## Email ##
Or if all else fails or you want to ask something private or
confidential email [Nick Craig-Wood](mailto:nick@craig-wood.com)
Reference in a new issue View git blame Copy permalink